Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Topics - ROBINV

Pages: « 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 »
211
Robservations / Robservations 2/24/03 - #823_4/825
« on: February 23, 2003, 01:56:43 PM »
823_824  - Magda makes her way to Collinwood, banging on the door, begging to be let in.  Someone puts a hand on her shoulder and, terrified, she turns around to see who it is...

It's only Quentin.  What's the matter? he asks.  I didn't hear anyone--except HIM, she says, and breathlessly asks, let me inside.  He has to support the exhausted, trembling woman.  It's so cold out there, like death, she says.  He helps her to sit by the fire, shuts the window and offers her a brandy.  It isn't just the cold, it's King Johnny, she says, he came for me--we were at the campsite, and I ran away--he was taking me to Boston, to see the others in the tribe.  Why didn't you tell me Petofi had the hand? demands Q.  Magda drinks the brandy with gusto.  Johnny found a hand at the Old House, created by Petofi, Magda explains--they think it was I who tricked them, not Petofi.
You must tell them, says Quentin, your life depends on it.  I can't! she sobs.  Quentin figures out Petofi put a spell on her to prevent her speaking of it.  "You can tell them," says Magda eagerly--tell them where the hand is.  They would love that, he agrees--finding Petofi and the hand, joined together--where is Johnny now?  At the edge of Birch Lake, she says.  There just might be a way to free Barnabas yet, says Q--it might just work.  He smiles.  Relax, he says--we may all be out of trouble very soon.  He closes the double doors.  On the landing, Charity calls to him, but he disappears through the servants' entrance.  Charity follows him.

Magda paces the drawing room, holding the brandy glass in both hands.  I'm safe here, she assures herself, I'm safe!  She doesn't look convinced, however.

Beth is in her room when Quentin knocks.  For once, nothing is the matter, he says, things might be going our way--the stubborn Count Petofi might realize he must free Barnabas or face a very unpleasant future.  When Barnabas is free, he'll be very angry at me for turning away from him when he needed me, worries Beth.  Now look, he says--Barnabas knows what Petofi can do to people, he won't be angry.  (Outside the door, Charity listens in.)  I'm still afraid, says Beth.  "Barnabas is our only hope for help if there is to be any help at all," says Quentin, and you must help him free him, for all our sakes.
After he caresses her face and throat, using Q magic, she agrees.  They kiss, quite passionately.  Charity, gazing through the partly open door to witness this long, long buss, is infuriated.

In Beth's room, Quentin quickly writes a note.  Do you know what to do if I don't return by one? He asks.  Yes, she says, but I don't like it--I'm so afraid something will happen to you.  He hands her the note.  It's a chance I'll have to take, says Q, keep your eye on the clock--and take care of Magda--give her food and rest, and don't let her out of the house.  Beth understands everything.  He leaves.  She looks at the note and puts it on her dresser.  It's 11:25.

Drawing room - Magda is still putting away the brandy.  She hears a noise and opens the window to peer out (foolish!)  The doors open--it's Beth--I'll look after you, she promises the gypsy--I'll take you to the kitchen to get something to eat.  Magda is very upset to hear Quentin went to see Petofi.  Oh, why? asks Magda--that crazy man!--he should have done what I suggested and let the gypsies take care of what needs taking care of.  They head into the kitchen.  Beth notices it's now 11:30.

11:45 - Petofi conducts music from a book, hearing the instruments in his head.  I'm delighted to see you, he tells Quentin--this score, Berlioz, is held in Italy--I hope to conduct it someday.  They agree that Italy is beautiful.  Tuscany, the Campagna, I expect to go back there as soon as I can, says Petofi.  This might be your perfect chance to travel to those places, suggests Quentin, now that you aren't going to the future--you may also find you want to move very far from Collinwood when you learn the reason I'm here--"To get Barnabas Collins," says Q, "and you're going to give him to me."  As simple as that? asks Petofi.  I'm sure you want to think it over, says Q, but consider the alternative--you have until 12:45.  What is the alternative? asks Petofi.  "The gypsies will find out exactly where you are, and exactly what you have," promises Quentin.  The gypsies learned nothing from Magda, normally a very talkative lady, Petofi reminds him.  Quentin grins.  What will prevent me from doing to you what I did to Magda? asks the Count.  A very good reason, says Q--if I'm not back at Collinwood at precisely one o'clock, someone is prepared to deliver a note to King Johnny with the whole story.  Congratulations on a good try, praises Petofi, but it won't work--I can easily stop it, all I need to do is find out from you who the person is who has the note and intercept that person--I realizes you're going to try to pit your will against mine, but please don't try, you'll be wasting your time--I can make you tell me who has the note, very easily, at this moment...he points the hand in Q's direction.  The latter moves away and says I'll be glad to reveal who my accomplice is--Angelique.  Uh oh, says Petofi.
Yes, I chose Angelique because there is nothing you can do to influence her mind, nothing you can do but accept my offer and free Barnabas in exchange for your own freedom from the gypsies, says Q.  You're a brave man, says Petofi, but I advise you to leave this place at once.  Not without Barnabas, insists Quentin.  Yes, without him, says Petofi, because if you stay, I may very well decide to kill you.  "And you may very well decide to give me Barnabas," counters Q.  Are you willing to wager your life on that possibility? asks Petofi.  I am, says Q.  Very well, says Petofi, smoke a cigar, have some brandy, there are a great many things we can do together--a great many things, and any one of them may be the very last thing you ever do in this world.  He hands him a drink.  It's midnight...

Charity stands on the landing, her pretty music tinkling in the background.  She tells herself, I really never was a headliner, with no one to blame but myself.  She flounces downstairs.  When push came to shove I was just too soft, but I'm not going to be soft now, unless I'm ready to lose Quentin the way I lost Carl.  She admires her reflection in the mirror--I'm far prettier than that whiney little item under the stairs--she won't be whining much longer, and what a relief that will be for Quentin!  She grins and enters the drawing room, taking a small bottle from her dress and arranging some glasses--it's going to be a happy surprise for Quentin, finding Beth Chavez is dead!  She closes the doors and locks them.  It's 1:15.

Petofi and Quentin sit side by side.  Q refuses another drink.  I could kill you in quite a number of other ways, besides poisoning your drink, says Petofi.  Agreed, says Quentin, but the gypsies will still find you.

12:20 - Beth paces her room, clutching the note.  Charity comes to see her.  I couldn't sleep, says Charity, I needed company.  I have some things to do, says Beth--this isn't a good night.  Charity seats herself at Beth's desk, promising to be as quiet as Miss Mouse.  Beth asks, are you all right?   I'm fine, says Charity--I just needed your company to perk up my spirits--let's sneak downstairs for a brandy.  I'm going to find your father, says Beth.  "Find me father?  That's more than my mother ever did when she needed him!" chortles Charity (LOL!)--come with me!  Before heading downstairs with the other woman, Beth takes the letter first and puts it in her pocket.

Petofi pours himself another drink, then another.  They don't exchange a word.  Quentin looks at the clock.

Why did you lock the door? Beth asks Charity.  The servants have light fingers, Charity replies--oh, I'm sorry, I didn't mean it personally!--I don't think of you as a servant; if I did, would I be drinking with you, swapping secrets?  Charity pours out the drinks, adding the poison to Beth's.  In have no secrets, says Beth.  I know you're supposed to meet Quentin, says Charity.  No I'm not, says Beth.  Then there's no reason for you not to have this drink, blares Charity, mixing the poison into the drink.  There is a reason, says Beth--I promised Quentin I'd do something for him. Charity laughs--I have something to do for Quentin tonight, too, and you'll find out what in time.  She hands Beth the drink.  Beth hears the clock striking and stops with it poised at her lips.

We see the clock twirling around in Petofi's hideaway.  Quentin looks at Petofi, who is still drinking.  Five minutes are left, says Q, and after that, too late for me to get back to Collinwood--  Angelique will go to King Johnny, King Johnny will come here (Petofi takes out a cigar), and the gypsies will find you.  But I shall have moved on, says Petofi.  You can't move far enough to avoid them, especially now that they know what they're looking for, says Q.  "I could kill you a dozen times over in five minutes," spits Petofi.  "Go ahead!" challenges Q--"If you think that will do you any good."

Charity encourages Beth to finish her drink--then we can have another.  Nervously, Beth says, I can't finish it, I must go.  "There's always time for a drink, Luv," insists Charity.  Beth hands her the glass--it's too late, she says.  Charity hands it back--the last few drops always taste the best.  Beth is about to drink when Charity stops her.  I'm superstitious, she says--I like to drink to someone--to Quentin--do you object to drinking to that?  Beth raises her glass--to Quentin--and finishes off the poisoned drink.
Charity looks very pleased.  Beth starts to say, "I must go," but passes out instead.  Charity walks around her and says, "Quentin loves ME, Luv, not you, that's why I had to do it, that's why I had to get rid of you, I had to do it for Quentin!"  She drapes her crimson shawl over Beth's face, then, singing, "I Wanna Dance For You," leaves the dying woman on the floor.

NOTES:  Quentin was very clever in telling Petofi he gave the note to Angelique, but I sure wish he HAD given it to the witch instead of Beth who now lies near death's door, poisoned by a madwoman who has a warped idea of what love is.  Loved that long, passionate kiss Beth and Quentin shared, didn't it just seem to go on and on?  Bet Terry Crawford was thrilled!

Charity's image of Trask's death is very interesting.  A rope?  For those of us who know how it does end, does anyone recall a rope?

Loved the tension drawing out between Petofi and Quentin!  It was wonderful, with all the shots of clocks the two of them not speaking, just looking at each other to see who would call whose bluff.  You know how much Petofi fears the gypsies, so this must be driving him nuts.  Quentin remains cool, with his humor intact, but surely he is nervous, too.  If he knew what had happened to Beth, he'd REALLY be worried!

Excellent episode--I sure loved Nancy Barrett's jealous, scheming, insane Pasny/Charity!


825 - Magda walks into the drawing room and gasps when she spots the unconscious Beth.  She checks her pulse, smells the empty glass and runs from the room.

At Petofi's hideaway, Petofi and Quentin still sit, waiting for one to call the other's bluff.  You have two minutes, says Q--will you release Barnabas?  I gave you the answer an hour ago--no.  Have you ever had any dealings with Angelique? Queries Quentin.  As few as possible, says Petofi.  I think it would be interesting to pit your powers against hers, says Q--she's aware of exactly what's going on in this room at that moment, and if you don't release Barnabas by one, she will see to it that King Johnny knows exactly where to find you.  Petofi considers this, takes a puff on his cigar, says nothing.  Quentin sits down next to him.  It's one minute to one...

Quentin taps his fingers on his knee.  Petofi takes another drink.  Sixty seconds, says Q--are you going to release Barnabas to me?  Petofi asks, why do you need him--are you going to the future, too?  No, says Q, if that's your intent, I don't share it--my future is limited by the moon, and without Barnabas, I have no hope.  You're a fool, says Petofi--I told you I'd already dealt with your curse.  Prove it--in 30 seconds, suggests Quentin.  How can I? asks Petofi.  Yes, how can you indeed? asks Q, and how can I believe you?  If you won't accept my word, it's impossible, says Petofi, swilling down the last of his drink--even if I offered to cure you tonight and go through some contrived ceremony, would you believe me?  No, says Q.  I don't want the gypsies to come here, says Petofi.  Why are you so afraid, with the powers you have? asks Q.  Count Petofi explains, the Romanos took my hand, 100 years ago, the grinning Nicholas Romano took my severed hand in his, staring at me--I was still conscious despite the pain, and looked into Romano's face with all my power and pride I'd ever had to take away that smile and make him feel the pain I felt.  "Do you know how I hate each generation of those Romanos, every male child born to them?" snarls Petofi.  Ten seconds, says Quentin--five!  The clock strikes one.  STOP! screams Petofi, you can have Barnabas Collins!  Quentin demands the key to the coffin.  Petofi hands it over.  Quentin enters the second room.

Beth lies on her bed.  Do you feel better? Magda asks her.  If you hadn't come into the room, I would be dead, says Beth--what time is it--I must know the time!  She sees her clock has stopped, and asks, how long was I unconscious?  I don't know, says Magda.  Quentin is depending on me, Beth wails--oh, my God, he may be dead!  She moves to leave, to find out what time it is, but Magda urges her to stay.  If anything's happened to Quentin, I'll kill myself, sobs Beth.  I didn't give you gypsy herbs for that, says Magda.  (Wonder how she knew what to give her?)  She urges Beth to sit back down on the bed and leaves the room.

Quentin unlocks the coffin.  Before he raises the lid, Petofi asks, may I leave the room before you free Barnabas--I don't want the vampire to witness my humiliation.  Petofi leaves, closing the door behind him.  Quentin opens the coffin.  Barnabas looks up at him helplessly.  Quentin removes the cross--Petofi is letting you go, he says.
Barnabas hoarsely asks what trick Petofi is playing.  It's no trick, says Q, but you're still not out of danger--hurry!

Magda reports to Beth, it's five minutes past one.  He's dead! Beth cries.
This shocks Magda.  Beth wants to immediately go to King Johnny.  Magda grabs her, preventing her from leaving.  You must stay here, insists Magda, urging Beth back to the bed.

Petofi tells Barnabas, I enjoyed your visit--one seldom has a visitor from another time.  I'm ready to go, Barnabas tells his cousin.  I will see you again, promises Petofi, so we can discuss my trip to the future.  Nothing to discuss, demurs Barnabas.  We shall see, promises Petofi--before you go, there will be nothing said to Johnny Romano, right?  You can rely on my word, says Q.  That's why I like you, says the Count.  He leaves the gentlemen to their newfound freedom--until, he tells Barnabas, we meet again and your friends cannot rescue you.  Petofi lifts a glass to the departing Barnabas and Quentin, drains his drink, then crushes the glass in his hand in anger and impotence.

Tate shows up at Petofi's lair, in a crazed state.  It's all about Amanda.  You're the one who told me about her, accuses Tate--and you told me I would come to you after seeing her.  I'm in a state of unease, says Petofi--come back tomorrow.  So you're gonna play games with me, not tell me anything? snarls Charles--if not for you, I'd never have known that girl existed!  You knew, says Petofi.  No, says Charles.  You painted her portrait two years ago, and a thousand sketches, Petofi reminds him--I had to take one.  He pulls it out and unrolls it.
The resemblance is remarkable, says P--you have a great talent, Charles.  He rolls it back up and hands it to Tate.  Never to touch one of my sketches again, warns Tate.  You must be calm, insists Petofi, or how can we logically discuss this?  There's no logic here, says Charles--I dreamed this girl up!--and she did not exist.  She does exist, you proved it, says Petofi, she's at the Inn at this moment.  Tate asks, how did you find her?  Aristede saw her first, says P, and he has quite an eye for beauty.  What do you know about her? asks Charles.  Only that she travels with Timothy Shaw, who had the use of my hand for a short time--Shaw used my hand to make a great deal of money, and the young lady is very fond of money--I advise you to set a higher price for your paintings.  Where is she from? asks Tate.  New York, answers Petofi--you must have met her there, saw her on the street?  No, if I had, says Tate, I'd have followed her and wouldn't have given up until I had a chance to know her.  I doubt you will be happy when you do get to know her, says Petofi--the lady's face has innocence, but she, alas, has not.  You know more than you're saying, says Charles.  She'll do anything Tim Shaw asks her to, says Petofi, and he's the kind of man who will ask her to do some questionable things.  I don't believe you, says Tate.  You'll find out for yourself, promises Petofi.  Yes, I will, says Charles, now that I know she exists, I can't forget her, and if it makes you feel any worse, I wouldn't forget her even if I could.  Petofi smiles.  (a master manipulator, probably does stuff like this just to see what will happen.  It must get boring, living so long!)

Beth tells Magda, Charity poisoned me, only she was so strange, she didn't act like Charity--she's in love with Quentin, and jealous.  I'll take care of it, Magda promises--I'll go find Charity, she believes in the cards--I will tell her that she will marry Quentin.  Don't even to say that jokingly, cautions Beth.  I'll tell her if she hurts you, something terrible will happen--don't take the note to King Johnny.  I feel so weak, says Beth.  Quentin is all right, Magda assures her--I would know it if something was wrong--he's all right!  The gypsy leaves Beth's room.  Waiting in the hall is Istvan, who immediately grabs her and plants his huge hand over her mouth.

Barnabas and Quentin walk together through the woods.  Will you be safe in your hiding place? asks Quentin, till tomorrow, at least--I'll be there at dawn and stay until dusk--now if only Beth hasn't gone to King Johnny.  How curious, says Barn, that you'd keep your word with a man like Petofi.  Wouldn't you, asks Q?  If he were to leave this earth, says Barn, we'd have lost nothing--I want to go to Collinwood and find out how Jamison is--dare I?  It's very late, says Q--Beth's room should be safe.  I still can't disappear as I could before, Barnabas reminds him--as long as I have the mark of Count Petofi--and he holds out his hand.  Come along, says Q, Jamison may need us.

Beth is struggling toward the door, note in hand, when Quentin comes in.  She's thrilled to see him, and he's glad she didn't go to Johnny.  He notes something is wrong.  Nothing is, not now, sue assures him, and almost falls.  Is anyone is still awake? Asks Quentin.  Magda, and Charity, somewhere, she says.  I've got Barnabas outside, he tells her, can we safely get into your room without being seen?  Yes, I'll go make sure it's safe, she says.  Quentin opens the door and motions for Barn to come in.  He does, slowly, gazing around the dark foyer--will I ever be able to walk through this house again? he asks himself--I could accomplish so much more if I were able to be accepted...I must do something!  He enters the servants' quarters.

Beth is telling Quentin how intolerable this house has become--Charity, Jamison...I could tell you Jamison is better, but he isn't--he still thinks he's David, but there's no doing anything, for him, Edward or Charity.  Should we wake Jamison so Barnabas can talk to him? asks Q.  Not with Charity roaming the halls, advises Beth.  What about Magda--how long has she been gone? He asks--I'll go look for her, Charity may decide to kill her, too--Barnabas says he'll stay here until I come back.  Left alone with Barnabas, Beth is uncomfortable.  You must hate me, she says, for failing you.  No, he assures her, I summoned you, but Petofi prevented you from coming to me, I don't blame you--I misused you, says Barnabas, ashamed--you belong to Quentin.  I will never use what powers I have to summon you again.

Quentin leaves the servants' quarters and goes into the drawing room, calling for Magda.

Woods - Magda begs Istvan, take pity on me.  He ties her hands behind her back.  Do you hate your brothers for cutting off your tongue? She asks.  Istvan just gazes at her balefully.  Untie me, I'll hide you, she says--my friends will take you anywhere you want to go, you will be safe--anything you want to do, my friends will do for you.  He finishes tying her up, then gags her.  We hear the sound of someone walking toward them.
Magda's eyes widen as someone comes into view holding a lantern.  Is it friend or foe?

NOTES:  Very tense moments as the Petofi/Quentin waiting game comes down to the wire.  Luckily, Petofi's fear of the gypsies won out, and he freed Barnabas, although you could see how furious he was at being bested.  One senses he wants severe revenge against both of the Collins cousins at this point.  Fortunate indeed for Beth that Magda figured out the proper antidote to the poison Charity had administered via brandy.

Love, Robin

212
Robservations / Robservations #819-820
« on: February 20, 2003, 10:21:28 PM »
819 -
Charity appears to be in a trance.  When Petofi removes his hand, Quentin asks, what did you do to her?  Do you really care what happens to her? asks Petofi.  My only concern is her silence, answers Q.  I believe you hide a soft core of sentiment beneath your hard shell, says Petofi--leave the room, I must deal with Charity alone.  Quentin asks why--is there some secret you don't want me to see?  Would you prefer Charity tell all and destroy you? asks Petofi. Quentin leaves.  Charity is docile and silent.  You're lovely, says Petofi--and you may thank me for the compliment.  She does.  It's a pity you're also a nuisance, says Petofi, people of your kind are almost always destined to end life tragically, as I shall show you in a moment.  He leads her to the window--look out and concentrate, he says--you will soon see the future reveal itself to you--your fate, dear Charity.  A picture beyond the window glows, a bright sun.  Magda paces the drawing room of the Old House, then answers a knock at the door.  It's Charity, who says, I must see you--it's very important.  Magda objects--I'm waiting for someone.  I want you to read the cards again, insists Charity--something has happened in my life--I must know my future.  Better off not, especially tonight, advises Magda.  Why? asks Charity.  The cards will only tell tragedy tonight, says Magda.  She shows Charity the cards spread on the table--I've been reading them, she says, and the end if always the same.  It wouldn't be for me, says Charity.   Magda says, every arrangement I set up shows there will be an act of violence near here tonight.  Charity asks, against who?  The man I'm waiting for is the one I must warn, says Magda--Aristede.  Charity doesn't know him.  Magda encourages Charity to go home to bed, perhaps the cards will read differently tomorrow.  The young woman leaves.  Aristede shows up.  Magda asks him where Petofi is--you must warn him, Aristede!  Of what? He asks.  The lights flicker as a storm passes through; the chandelier sways.  Magda says, I don't know what's going on, but it sure is scary!  The front door blows open.  Aristede goes outside to look around.  He sees the doors have closed, leaving him alone outside, and spies someone in a cloak approaching him.  The figure strangles Aristede, falling with him to the ground to finish the job, until Aristede is dead.  The caped, hooded creature picks up a long sword and walks away.  Magda watches him leave, then looks at Aristede, who is staring, eyes wide open in a death stare.  Charity screams, "He's dead!"  Petofi demands to know who Charity is talking about.  The young man, she answers--his name was Aristede.  Petofi demands to know what she saw--who killed him?  I don't know, answers Charity, but he was wearing a hood, like an executioner.  Petofi wants to hear more.  He strangled Aristede, says Charity, then reached down and picked up a scimitar.  Petofi admits, even I cannot fully understand the monstrous power of the hand--instead of showing you your own death, I might have been showing you my own--go on, tell me more.  I don't want to! she bleats.  He makes her watch it again, ordering her, tell me what's happening as you see it.  She sees a graveyard, which frightens her.  She watches the same man, the executioner, walking through that graveyard.  Now she sees some stones, the walls of a building she's never seen before, cold and damp--Petofi is there, being held prisoner, his hand is strapped to a chair.  We hear a door opening--someone is coming.  The executioner comes downstairs, heading for Petofi, raising the scimitar over his hand.
Down goes the scimitar.  "He's cut off your hand!" sobs Charity.  "ENOUGH!" bellows Petofi--I've heard all I want to hear.  He passes his hand in front of Charity, clearly shaken, thanks her and says, you will begin a new life, one which not everyone will understand, but will be unable to do anything about it--enjoy is while it lasts, he encourages her, and leaves.  The strains of Pansy's song fill the room.  Quentin sees Petofi leave and asks, what did you do to Charity?  See for yourself, suggests Petofi, about to rush off.  Q asks, why are you in such a hurry?  "One may play many tricks with fate," says Petofi, "but one must not tempt it."  He takes his hat and leaves.

Quentin opens the double doors and looks for Charity, who appears to have disappeared.  "Charity!" he calls.  "Where are you?" he calls.  She pops out from behind the drapes, her Pansy Cockney accent in full force, laughing--I'm right here! she says--name your pleasure and it's yours--a favorite song, (she grabs a red shawl from the back of a chair), a dance, or some other demonstration of my unique talents--speak up!  Do you know who I am? He asks.  I sure do, she replies.  Do you know WHAT I am, he asks.  Pinching his cheek, she says, "You're a bit of all right, you are."--you're the reason I hung around so long, not Carl.  She pours herself a drink--  Carl was a dear to me, but he was such a barmy one!  "He put it right out of your head, didn't he?" asks Quentin.  She drinks.  Put what right out of my head? She demands--I've never forgotten a thing in my life--part of my stock in trade, Luv.  Quentin wonders, why did he leave here so quickly?--he looked frightened.  Who are you talking about? She asks.  The gentleman who was here a little while ago, he reminds her.  Ohhhhh, she says, the old gent--he left.  I know that, but why? asks Q.  I don't know, she says, but may I entertain you in my own inimitable fashion?--sit right down.  Q is already on his way out, heading upstairs.  She chases after him, asking, where are you going--don't you want to watch my act?  Pouting at first,  she begins to sing Pansy's song.

Aristede waits in the room where Barnabas is chained in his coffin.  Petofi comes in--it's pleasure to see you looking well, he says--and alive!  Aristede is puzzled.  It's a feeble attempt at levity, says Petofi--I'm in grave danger--our enemies are on the way again, how far away I don't know, but they will be here and we must take steps to avoid capture.  Aristede suggests, we must leave.  We have a prisoner much too valuable to leave behind, Petofi reminds him--Barnabas may prove to be the perfect means of escape--all our lives, we've been running, always running, complains Petofi, now the time has come to throw our enemies off, by giving them some small measure of Satisfaction--come long, we have work to do--we must leave Barnabas alone, for this is an emergency, says Petofi--and they exit.

Charity is standing in the middle of the drawing room, doing her hootchie-koo dance for no one.  (She really does have a lovely voice.)  She swivels her derriere, flips her crimson shawl in the air and only stops when Quentin comes bursting back into the house.  You're a rotter for running off like that, she bitches--I want to entertain you!  Maybe some other time, he says impatiently, rushing for the door.  She asks where he's going.  To see someone.  "A woman?" she asks, running her fingers up his arm.  Yes, he says, now you must step aside.  She caresses his face, coyly suggesting, you're having a clandestine relationship with someone, aren't you?  Move or be moved, he orders.  You want to stay here with me, she insists.  He lifts her up and out of his way--I'm in a hurry! He says.  I can wait, says Charity, you'll be back to me.  She sings Pansy's song again, right outside the front doors of Collinwood.

Cemetery - Aristede and Petofi are looking at tombstones.  Petofi pronounces John Wilkins as a name with no character, and they go on, Aristede holding up a lamp so they can read the stones.  Alexander Markham, muses Petofi--but it's a pity he died so long ago--now this is more like it, exults Petofi.  I wish you'd tell me what you're looking for, says Aristede.  Petofi insists I want to keep you in suspense--Abraham Howell--fine, strong name of a man who died recently, poor chap (1846-1897)--this gentleman will do very well--start digging.  Aristede commences to work.

Aristede, shirt sleeves rolled up, unearths the coffin.  Petofi orders him, open it.  Aristede does, dirt falling off the top.  Splendid, says Petofi, the state of decomposition is perfectly advanced.  Aristede has no idea.
Take my word for it, advises Petof--hello, Mr. Howell--I'm sorry for disturbing your rest, but we have urgent need of your services...

Old House - Quentin visits Magda--we must rescue Barnabas, he insists.  Are you crazy? She asks.  No, says Quentin--I think there's a chance for us to succeed.  She refuses to listen--you tried to save him once before and are lucky you got away with your life--if you try a second time and I help you, both of us will be killed.  I believe the situation has changed, says Q.  Oh? she asks--has Petofi lost his powers?  I don't know about that, says Q, but something happened to Petofi tonight, and when he left there, I could swear he was very frightened, and he isn't a man who frightens easily--perhaps his fear will distract them while we go get Barnabas.  Magda calls him a fool--Petofi is too strong, smart, his powers too great.  Barnabas holds the key to the future, Q reminds her, now for some reason, I'm part of that future, of his time--I must find out how that will affect me--I'm going to free Barnabas, one way or another--are you with me?  She tightens her lips, thinking about it.  What do you say? he asks impatiently.
She finally decides he needs someone to distract Aristede--so I will go--we must make a plan.  We will make one along the way, says Q.  He sees a face at the window.  I saw no one, says Magda.  Quentin looks, but the someone is gone.  There's one knock at the door.  Quentin goes to check it out, and finds a note stabbed into the door that says, "Between life and death, there's not room for a flea to jump."  What does it mean? he asks Magda.  Horrified, she says it's from the gypsies, from King Johnny Romano's tribe--they have come for the hand--"and for me!" she says, gasping.

NOTES:  One still must wonder why Petofi fears gypsies so much--and what makes him think, if he does attain going to the future, there won't be gypsies waiting there, with a long memory for grudges?  There are always angry descendants!  No more Charity, Petofi has transformed her into Pansy Faye, and she does sing well and tease Quentin so seductively.  Why did Petofi feel compelled to turn Charity into a completely different person?  Why didn't he just make her forget what she knows about Quentin?  Seems like he went too far just to give Charity a more fun life.  Uh oh, sounds like the gypsies have caught up with both Magda and Petofi!  What will happen to them?  Once again, Petofi shows someone a vision that does not match what he expects.  Why is this power not working properly for him?


820 - Agitated, Magda examines the knife and note left at the Old House the day before.

Charles Tate, in his studio, sketches on a pad of paper, Quentin's portrait behind him.  There's a knock at the door.  Come in, he calls to Petofi, who complains that a host usually answers his own door.  Oh, her, says Petofi, looking over Charles' shoulder at the sketch he's working on--I never understood why you persist in painting that same portrait over and over again.  I told you, says Tate, annoyed.  You're a grown man, says Petofi, only little boys invent "ideal women."  I don't want to go over this again, says Tate--I like to paint her because she's the only thing in this world that really belongs to me.  She doesn't exist, says Petofi.  She exists to me! retorts Tate.  I must tolerate your childish fantasies, says Petofi, since you serve me well.  I suppose you want something from me, says Tate.  I hope someday, Charles, you will be less bitter, remarks Petofi.  What do you want? asks Charles.  Something that requires the touch of a master's hand, says Petofi.  He touches Tate with his hand, hurting him, and says, "This."

What's your answer? demands Petofi.  Nothing you say surprises me, says Tate, nervously pacing the studio--but more grisly than your usual request.  You will do it? asks Petofi.  There are many other artists, says Tate--get one of them.  None have your touch, says Petofi.  Try the local embalmer, suggests Charles sarcastically.
You've had your little joke, says Petofi--your answer?  Tate is flustered--I want no part of this or you.  You have a contract with me, Petofi reminds him.  Why do you want this? demands Charles.  Will it soothe you to know that no one will be hurt by this little deception? asks Petofi.  I don't believe that, says Tate.  I never harm anyone unless it's vitally necessary, says Petofi.  Yes, like with Charity, says Tate, I stayed up all night wondering what you inflicted on her.  Petofi assures him that Charity is fine, thoroughly happy.  I can imagine, says Tate sarcastically.  When can you start? asks Petofi, bringing over a case containing something Tate clearly doesn't want to look at.  Don't be so squeamish, says Petofi, forcing it into his hands--I'll be back this afternoon, and expect you to be finished.  Charles glances inside, then closes it, looking very ill.

Amanda, in her room, packs a suitcase.  Tim comes in--what are you doing? he asks.  Leaving, she says flatly.  And you weren't going to tell me? demands Tim.  you don't own me, and can't keep me here, she insists.  I was counting on you to help me, says Tim, just a few more visits to Trask.  That's too much, she says, I can't stand that pompous idiot.  But he's hooked, Tim says, don't spoil it for him.  You don't tell me anything, bitches Amanda--I don't know what your plans for Trask are.  I'll tell you when the time has come, says Tim.  The time HAS come, says Amanda--I'm sick of hearing that, too.
You can't leave me now, says Tim, I need you.  He touches her shoulders intimately.  It would be different if you needed me yourself, but you're just using me, she says.  And paying you well, he reminds her.  I don't care that much about the money, she says.  "That's not what you told me in New York," Tim reminds her.  I've changed, she says.  Why, what made you change? he asks.  I don't know, but I have, says Amanda, and I've got to leave this town.  He takes her in his arms--one more day, he asks, caressing her--one more day.  She becomes angry--for a minute I thought you were going to enjoy my company.   I was, says Tim, I do enjoy your company--one more day will make all the difference in the world, he says--I will accomplish what's necessary and will have Trask where I want him.  I don't want either of us to stay, protests Amanda--I feel there will be disaster if we do.  I can only think of the bliss if I get what I want, says Tim.  They're sitting together on the bed; he draws her close for a kiss.  You know how I feel about you, he says--do this one last favor and I promise to take you back to NY myself.  The kiss convinces her--do you really mean it? she asks.  Yes, he replies.    What do you want me to do? she asks.  Put on your makeup and best dress, he says, and I'll tell you about the gentleman I want you to meet.  What's his name? she asks.  "Count Petofi," he says

Petofi's mill hideaway - Magda comes to see him.  Do not implore me to release Barnabas, orders Petofi.  She shows him the note that had been stuck in the Old House door.  He reads it and says, it's interesting and often true.  It's an old gypsy saying, she says, and describes how she received it.  You know, says Petofi, as I do, that the gypsies are coming here--I suspect the town will be swarming with them.  You already knew? she asks, perturbed.  It wasn't an act of clairvoyance, I learned by accident, he replies.  What will you do? she asks.  Nothing, he says--they won't be looking for me unless they know I'm here--and they don't--the note suggests they are looking for you, he says.  Help me, protect me, she says.  If I protect you, says Petofi, they may find me, he points out--I'm reluctant to endanger my own life.  Maybe they will find out you are in Collinsport, she suggests.  They won't know unless you tell them, he says, and you won't betray me because you won't be able to speak or write my name!  He touches her mouth with the magic hand--try to say it, he suggests.  Magda can't do it!  And you will not, he warns--is that quite clear?--I hope your brethren won't be too angry when they find you--I have a certain fondness for you, but you must go now.  I don't want to go back to the Old House now, insists Magda.  I have another visitor, he says, so get out.
She sneers, "I hope it's King Johnny himself!" then turns and leaves.  Amanda enters, dressed exquisitely.  Who are you? he asks.  My name is Amanda Harris, she says--Tim Shaw directed me here.  So Tim has decided to disregard his advice, says Petofi.  Amanda lifts the black veil covering her eyes.  Petofi stops speaking.  Amazing, he says, shocked--come closer--I won't hurt you.--it's astonishing, you're very beautiful, one might almost say, the ideal woman--have you had your portrait painted?  No, she says.  Sit down, he says--when did you first met Charles Delaware Tate?  I don't even know the name, she says.  Petofi is further astounded--where are you from? He asks.  New York, she answers.  You were born and brought up there? He asks.  Yes, she says.  You must have been seen by Tate, he says.  Why are you so interested in my origins? she asks.  I have only half an hour, he says kindly state your business.  You're a strange man, says Amanda--I need your help--I'm in love with Tim.  Then he's very fortunate, says Petofi.  I want to get him away from here; she says--he came to get revenge on someone and I'm afraid for him--he might get hurt or killed.  Petofi asks, what does all this have to do with me?  Tim told me that you have has a talisman of great power that will ensure his revenge--let him use it just once--I'm so afraid of living in danger--help me get Tim away from here!  You must indeed be in love with him, says Petofi--has Tim told you anything about this "talisman" of mine?--has he told you what it is?--no?--  then I will--he peels off his glove and shows her the hand.  It has great power, he snarls, too much to be meddled with by the likes of Shaw--I'm not surprised by his clumsy attempt--once I congratulated him on his choice of enemies, now I congratulate him on his taste in women, but his conception of strategy is pathetically inadequate.  Without another word, Amanda leaves.  Petofi bows and says, I hope we meet again.

Magda returns to the Old House and hangs up her shawl.  The room is in total disarray, furniture overturned, draperies pulls down.  A man comes downstairs.  "King Johnny!" cries Magda as he stares balefully at her.

Johnny approaches Magda.  Are you frightened? the gypsy asks.  Have mercy! she begs.  She asks for mercy, which is good, coming from a swine like her--that's something, sneers Johnny.  What are you going to do? she asks.  I know what I'd like to do, he says, pulling out a knife--slit your throat here and now and be done with you and the problems you caused.  Please, she implores.  You will get to live your miserable life a little longer, Johnny assures her, not because of pity, but because we don't have the hand--if you return the hand willingly, and don't deceive us again, then maybe--maybe--your punishment won't be so severe--but because of Julianka's death, there is no way for you to avoid going on trial.  Kill me now, then, Magda begs, because I "ain't got the hand" and can't get it for you.  You're lying, he accuses.  You searched the house and didn't find it, she reminds him.  I'm going to search again, he says, and while I'm gone, think again, think well, if you can't remember where the hand is, then maybe I won't have to take you back for a trial.  He tucks the knife under her chin and adds, maybe King Johnny will kill you right here!

Amanda asks Tim what he's going to do.  I have to stay here, says Tim.  You can leave anytime you want, she says.  I prefer to stay, he insists.  Why is Trask so important to you? asks Amanda.  He was responsible for the deaths of two people, says Tim, one of whom happened to be very close to me--I loved her very much.  A woman? she asks.  I wasn't in love with her, amends Tim--it's a kind of love.  I understand, says Amanda.  You'd better pack, he says.  I'm going to stick around a little longer, says Amanda--you refuse to understand the danger you're in, and I can't protect you, but perhaps I can, in time, convince you to leave for your own good--promise me that you won't have anything to do with Petofi; he's the most frightening man I've ever met--he kept asking me questions about my past, but the way he asked gave me the feeling he was seeing deep inside me.  Petofi's questions weren't unusual, says Tim.  But before two years ago, says Amanda, I don't remember anything about my past.  She looks at Tim, who is perplexed.

Magda wrings her hands nervously, walking around the mess of the Old House drawing room.  She rights the candles in the stand.  Johnny returns, empty-handed, and says, I see nothing but a lying, thieving gypsy.  She begs him.  He reminds her, call me "King Johnny."  I don't have the hand and don't know who does, she says, and I can't tell you who does.
You are Magda, who can say anything you want to say, he says--maybe you need some help in remembering, he suggests--I will give you that help.  He hits her across the face, first with the front of his hand, then the back of it.  How about that?--do you remember the name? asks Johnny.  He draws out the knife--or do you need more help?  Magda spots something under an overturned chair--the box containing the hand!  King Johnny takes the box and says, you finally realized going against your people was a little too dangerous--you were clever, as always, you slipped it there while I was upstairs.  I swear I didn't, says Magda, because I don't have it--the box must be empty!  He  open it, then closes it, then moves aside.  Look for yourself, he says.  She does, staring at him,  opens it and gasps--the hand lies inside!

NOTES:  Petofi stole a hand from a corpse in the cemetery, then had Charles Tate make it look like the hand that formerly occupied that box and is now re-attached to its former owner.  What would King Johnny say if he knew the truth?  That the hand he has found is not what he thinks?  Surely he will blame Magda for the deception, and she didn't even know about it, poor, smacked-around woman!

Why did Amanda go to see Petofi?  What was the point?--to try to get back the hand for Tim?  Does he really think Petofi will relinquish it now that he finally got it back--and after so much trouble?  Petofi, of course, recognizes her as Charles Tate's "ideal woman," who the artist can't stop painting and sketching.  What will happen should Tate meet Amanda?  Is she really in love with Tim, or just think so?  What big secret is she about to reveal to Tim about her past?

What will happen to poor Magda now?

Love, Robin

213
Robservations / Robservations #817-818
« on: February 20, 2003, 10:19:04 PM »
817 - Jamison continues to call Quentin in a lost little voice.  He's calling to you from the 20th century, says Petofi, so there must be a Quentin in that time.  Quentin doesn't know whether there is or not, he did seem to recognize me.  Petofi wants to know more about that other Quentin Collins--ask him.  I can't, says Q--he's sleeping again; he looks so weak and far away.  There must be a way to make you save him, says Q desperately; surely you want something from us.  (AH HA!)  Yes, there is, says Petofi, but only your Cousin Barnabas can give it to me.  Barnabas will give you whatever you want, Quentin assures him; he won't allow the boy to die.
Are you sure of that? asks Petofi.  As sure as I am of anything in this world, says Q.  I am going to give you a chance to test your unwavering faith in your cousin--you can ask him yourself if he's willing to save Jamison's life--convince him it's the only way.  Quentin looks puzzled--where is Barnabas? he asks.  In his coffin, says Petofi.  It's after dark, points out Q.  So it is, says Petofi, come with me, I assure you, Jamison will be quite all right alone--he will live--at least until our business is finished.  He leads Quentin into the room where the chained coffin rests.  "Behold the elusive Barnabas Collins!" says Petofi.  "What have you done to him?" demands Q, turning around to grab Petofi, balling his fist.  "WHAT HAVE YOU DONE TO HIM?" Quentin shouts, eyes blazing with fury.  Chained him up and brought him here, says Petofi--it wasn't difficult, once I put my mind to it.  The difficulty now, says Petofi, is waiting for anger to turn to desperation, desperation to despair, despair to hopelessness, then I will let him out--if he gives me what I want.  What do you want? asks Quentin.  Barnabas will tell you that, says Petofi, he's quite able to speak (which surprises Quentin).  Oh, sure, Barnabas is fine, says Petofi--he can do anything--except get out of that coffin.  (Poor Barnabas!!!)  "Because you have him locked in chains," says Quentin.  When you remove the chains, says Petofi, you'll find he's still unable to move.  "When *I* remove the chains?" asks Quentin.  Yes, says Petofi, I want the two of you to have a good talk, and you to be at your most convincing when you tell Barnabas Jamison is dying.  He hands Quentin a key--start removing the chains, says Petofi.  Quentin opens the first of the padlocks.  When he finishes with the others, he opens the coffin as Petofi stares at him.  Quentin finds it hard to do this.  When he beholds Barnabas lying in the coffin, a cross sitting on his chest, eyes filled with helplessness, all he can mutter is a sympathetic, "Barnabas..."  What a touching reunion, taunts Petofi--I feel like an intruder on this touching little scene--why don't I leave the room?  This offer surprises Quentin.  Petofi warns him-- unconventional as it looks, this IS a prison--abide by existing rules--you may talk to your cousin, but not touch him, especially the cross on his breast if you wish him to remain "healthy."  Tell him about Jamison, advises Petofi, and I'll be in the next room if you have good news for me--Barnabas will be able to speak as soon as I leave.  Petofi closes the door behind him.   Barnabas instantly calls to Quentin, asking if Jamison is alive.  Yes, says Quentin.  Thank heavens, says Barnabas.  Don't give thanks yet, advises Q, he's worse off now than before--he's been possessed by David Collins.  Barnabas raises his head, stunned, perplexed.

Petofi holds his right hand over Jamison's head, commanding, David, open your eyes.  The boy awakens and asks, who are you?  A friend, replies Petofi.  Where's Quentin? asks the boy.  I'll find him for you, Petofi offers, if you tell me what he's like...  Jamison says, he's got dark hair, blue eyes, and he's tall, very tall--I'm so sleepy, I'm going to sleep until Quentin comes.  Sleep, urges Petofi, you've earned your sleep.

When it was apparent that Jamison was possessed by David Collins, says Quentin, I tried to find you; when I couldn't, I brought him here--Petofi said he'd cure him--for a price, a price only you could give--I told Petofi you would give him anything if he'd save Jamison.  But you're wrong, says Barnabas, I can't give him what he wants.  Quentin leans down.  Perhaps I'm not making myself clear enough, says Quentin--Jamison is dying in the next room--what could be more important than that?  "He wants me to take him to the future," reveals Barnabas, "to my own time, immediately."  And won't you do that, even to save Jamison's life? begs Quentin.  In his time, says Barnabas, there are many terrible questions--I came here because somewhere here there are answers; I haven't been able to find any of them, not yet.  "But you do know that they are more important than Jamison's life?" asks Quentin.  Nothing is more important than that, says Barnabas, if he dies, the Collins line in the future will never have existed--I know that and so does Petofi, so in spite of his threats, he's going to try to keep Jamison alive.  "Then David Collins does exist in your time," says Quentin.  "Yes," says Barnabas.  "How very odd," says Q, "your David Collins seems to know me.  How could that be possible?"  Evading that loaded question, Barnabas reminds him, it won't be long before Petofi returns, and when he does, take the cross from my chest.  Can I, without hurting you? asks Q.  You must try, says Barnabas.  I'm afraid for you, protests Quentin.  Do it, orders Barn, immediately, quickly.  Quentin reaches for the cross, but is unable to move his hand close enough.  Petofi, in the other room, is clearly causing this to happen.  Barnabas asks what's the matter.  I don't know, says Quentin--I can't move my hand any further.  Of course you can't, says Barnabas--he wouldn't have let you stay here if there was any chance you'd help me escape.  Quentin balls the hand into a fist, frustrated, in pain.   Barnabas says, it isn't going to be easy to get rid of him, not at all.  Quentin asks, suppose it's impossible?--suppose you can't get out of here unless you give him what he wants?--that's a possibility you must face.  When I told Petofi I can't take him to the future, I was being more precise than I realized--I cannot take him, the truth is, I don't know the way back--I can't even take MYSELF!  There has to be a way to get you out of here, Petofi or no Petofi, says Quentin.  "There just may be," says Barnabas, "come closer."  Quentin kneels and listens carefully.  Petofi touches his ear and apparently listens in, too.  Barnabas tells Q, they must go to sleep sometime; go now, take Jamison with you, come back later tonight.  Petofi touches his left ear with his right hand;
suddenly, Quentin can't hear Barnabas any longer.  I can't hear you, Quentin tells Barnabas.  Petofi comes in--"Quentin, right or wrong--you said he'd do anything to save the boy."  He claims he can't take you back to the future with him, says Q.  He came here, insists Petofi, he could take us both back.  I believe Barnabas is lying, says Petofi, and am no longer interested in either Quentin or the boy--get him out of here, demands Petofi, get out, and don't try to come back, or you will regret it very, very much!  He opens the door.  Quentin leaves.  Petofi is laughing as he closes Barnabas' coffin, imprisoning him once more.

Collinwood - Beth closes the window in Jamison's room.  He lies in bed.  She straightens his covers.  He stirs, asking for Quentin.  He'll be back in a minute, she says.  "Beth," he murmurs.  "You know me," she says.  Of course, says Jamison.  You aren't delirious anymore, notes Beth-- Quentin will be so happy.  Does it hurt when you die? Jamison asks.  This upsets Beth, who urges, don't go on about that--you'll get well.  You promised to answer anything, he reminds her.  I can't answer your question, she says, how could I--I never died.  Yes you have, he says, Quentin says you killed yourself.
This unnerves Beth--he couldn't have said that, you must have dreamed it.  Quentin told me you killed yourself--why did you do it? asks Jamison--why?  Her forehead furrowed, Beth doesn't know how to answer him.

Petofi stands over Barnabas' closed coffin, reminding him, you're still locked in there--and there's no way to get out unless you take me to the future with you--I mean it, no other way!  Inside the coffin, Barnabas lies in darkness, silently telling Petofi there is another way--and I shall soon find out what it is!  "Beth!" he calls.  "Beth Chavez.  I need you.  Come to me!"

Beth, standing in Jamison's room, hears the summons.  Quentin enters the room and touches her shoulder.  She turns to look at him.  He asks what's happening to her.  How could you have told Jamison such terrible things about me? she asks--you told him I committed suicide.  Quentin denies saying it.  He says you told him, she insists. Jamison's been so sick, he reminds her.  He knew me, she says shakily--he called me Beth, and then he said I died!  Quentin looks suddenly Uncomfortable.  What's wrong? she asks.  He looks as if he saw something terrible in her face.  She puts her hands on his chest and says, I'm frightened, I feel as if something terrible is closing in on us--hold me close, she begs, never let me go!

Barnabas continues to call to Beth to come to him--I'm in danger from my enemy, he says.

Beth raises her head from Quentin's shoulder.  We should just hold each other very quietly, he says.  "Quentin, I must go," she insists, starting to walk away.  Where? he asks, stopping her.  I must go, now, she repeats.  Wait! he calls.  Jamison says his name; Quentin sits on his bed.  Why is it so dark? asks Jamison.  Quentin turns on the lights.  Jamison continues to ask why it's so dark, it frightens me!  It's all right, Quentin assures him, covering him up--go back to sleep.  "The way you look frightens me," says Q to himself, "Barnabas says Petofi won't let you die, I wish I were so sure.  Barnabas summoned her," realizes Quentin.

Barnabas lies in the coffin, still calling to Beth, who is working on the chains holding him prisoner.  Remove the chains, orders Barnabas--open the coffin, remove the cross--save me from Petofi!  She's trying, working diligently, but Petofi catches her.  "Such frantic activity," he says, "what a pity it is all to no purpose!"  "You chained him!" she accuses.  "As he shall remain chained," proclaims Petofi.  She pulls out a gun and says, "I'm getting him out of here!"  He warns her--you will regret it if you do, as you will regret nothing else in your life--would you like to know why?  Yes, she says, tell me.  I'll do better, I'll show you, he promises--come along.  She drops the gun to her side, but says, I'm not going with you, you're Barnabas' enemy.  No, says Petofi, Barnabas is your enemy and executioner (he easily take the gun from her hand), "Aren't you curious to see your own death?"  My own death? she asks.  A privilege offered to very few people, he reminds her, but I'm offering it to you.  She precedes him into the other room, leaving only one chain undone.  Don't go with him, don't listen to him, don't watch what he shows you, commands Barnabas' voice--it's lies, all lies!  Petofi shows her what will happen if she sets Barnabas free.  He opens the magic cupboard and reveals a bat hovering outside a window, red candles, and Beth standing and watching as Barnabas turns into a man.  He comes toward her, brushes her hair away from her neck, and bites into her throat.  She falls to the floor, unconscious.

What happened? asks Beth.  Because of your devotion to Barnabas, says Petofi, you have just died!  In the vision, Barnabas stands looking at Beth's corpse, fangs bared.  Died? asks Beth--I don't believe it--it's some kind of trick.  There is more, says Petofi.  Beth rises from the floor and stands, looking at Barnabas.  Her neck drips blood; she opens her mouth to reveal two very sharp fangs!
Beth screams at this vision, sobbing, it can't happen that way!  Yes, agrees Petofi, It will unless you do exactly as I say--go to him.  She walks slowly toward the adjoining room.  This is the very last time that you will go to him, promises Petofi.  But I must go to him whenever he calls me, protests Beth--he is my master!  He WAS your master, says Petofi, but no longer--turn your back on him, or you will die and spend eternity as a vampire.  Miserably, Beth turns her back and leaves the room.  Petofi touches Barnabas' coffin and says, "She came to you because you were strong, she left you because I was stronger--surely you must realize now you have no choice, Mr. Collins, there is no one left to help you.  You must take me with you into the future!"

NOTES:  Back then, it hurt me to see Barnabas lying there, all squooshed up, impotent in all the ways that counted, and to see Quentin's own impotence at being unable to help him.  Petofi lied to Beth, because Barnabas would not have turned her into a vampire.  Quentin so obviously loves Jamison, it's hard to watch him trying so desperately to save him--and I hate Petofi for so many reasons, I don't have time to list all of them!  I wish him death, slowly, painfully, and soon!  That's great acting on the part of Thayer David!


818 - Petofi opens Barnabas' coffin and triumphantly informs him--because there is no one left to help you, you must take me to the future.

Cottage - Tate works on Quentin's portrait, painting away, thinking--this portrait has captured Quentin's heart, mind and soul--it IS Quentin Collins, and once it's finished....suppose it was never finished, what if I destroy it now, take my palette knife and rip it to . . .  He takes the knife and is about to destroy the painting when Petofi lets himself in and stops him.  Why so startled, he asks Tate, I've always been interested in your work?  Aristede told me that you were sick, says Tate.  That's a pallid way to describe my recent state of health, says Petofi; I was dying, but I have recovered, more than my health, but every power I once possessed.  He holds out his bare, beringed, restored hand to Charles, who calls it amazing.  More than that, says Petofi--would you like a demonstration?  No, says Tate.  You'll get one anyway, Petofi assures him, if you go on thinking what you were thinking when I came in--you won't destroy the picture--both you and Quentin would suffer if you destroyed it.  Tate mutters, I have a feeling Quentin will begin to suffer the moment that painting is finished.  Inaccurate feeling, Petofi says, annoyed--I find it remarkable that one with your lack of perception should have become so successful in such a sensitive profession.  He hits his head on the lamp, then picks up and begins to examine some brushes.  Tate tells Petofi, someone came here and saw the face in the portrait change and an animal's face take it's place.  Petofi takes one of the brushes in his hand, commenting on how dirty they are--I wonder how you manage to paint them at all.  Seeing that Petofi is about to add to the painting, Tate demands, what are you going to do?  "Help you," says Petofi, applying some brush strokes, or have you become so sure of yourself that you refuse help, your head turned by too much praise from too many critics?--history records stories of artists who talent came suddenly--and disappeared just as quickly.  (Sounds like a warning to me.)  Tate looks uncomfortable.  They ended badly, continues Tate, bemoaning the fate that brought them from success to failure--you wouldn't like that, would you?--you wouldn't want it known that you are a third-rate hack, would you?  He grabs Tate around the throat
--give me an answer to my question.  Take away the hand, Tate begs.  Petofi asks again--do you want that to happen?  No, Charles says hastily.  Petofi releases him.  Then keep on behaving like a good chap, advises Petofi, giving him a couple of friendly pats on the cheek.  He pushes a brush into Tate's hand, reminding him, your job is to paint, as long and as well as you can.  He looks at the painting and Charles looks back at him...

Beth returns home, clearly upset and exhausted.  She gazes at the portrait of Barnabas on the wall and grows even more upset.  Quentin exits the double doors of the drawing room and demands she come in.  She looks as if she's about to be executed.  Quentin closes the doors.  She asks how Jamison is.  Sleeping since you left, says Q.  She sits down, dejected.  He asks, did you go see Barnabas--don't lie, I know you did, but you couldn't help him--I know all about the chained coffin, he says--I couldn't do anything more against Petofi than you could, but there has to be a way to free Barnabas.  Harshly, Beth says, I WANT Barnabas to stay chained there forever, and he will if he waits for me to come to him again--I'll never go again.  Quentin sits down with her--you never could have made this decision by yourself, he says--Petofi must have helped you make it--how?  He showed me the future, says Beth, MY future, and when I saw what would eventually happened to me, saw myself rising from the dead, with those fangs, I knew I'd never listen to Barnabas again.  How do you know that Petofi showed you the real future? asks Quentin.
It will all happen if I don't get away from Barnabas, says Beth--let's leave Collinwood, with all its evil, anguish and sorrow--the two of us, and your little daughter--we should get away from this place.  She's already away from here, says Q evasively, and adds darkly, she's going to remain with Mrs. Fillmore.  Collinwood casts a long shadow, warns Beth, it will get her if we don't take her away from here!  And become what? asks Quentin, a pretty little family?  We can try, she says.  And what will we do? he asks sarcastically.  Anything we want, says Beth.  I know you like to travel, he says, smiling, all right, all three of them will try it, Paris, Berlin, Rome, would she like that?--"And when the night comes, we can all look up at the sky and watch the moon!--you can see the moon all over the earth, you know."  Her gleeful smile fades.  Here at least, he says, there's a hope for ending the curse.  Beth disagrees--there is nothing here for us but despair, and death, and I'm afraid of death.  She runs from the room.  He tries to follow her, touch her, but she turns away from him, sobbing.  "All right, dry your own tears!" he says, annoyed, I've got other things to do.  "Quentin!" Beth cries.  Charity stands up on the landing, watching.  Beth bursts into tears and starts climbing the stairs.  Don't go, says Charity, I must speak to you.  What about? asks Beth.  You and Quentin, replies Charity, and you must listen--her life might depend on it.

Charity closes the double doors, telling Beth her quarrel with Quentin is a blessing in disguise--I heard the two of you.  Just what did you hear? asks Beth.  You're a clever girl, says Charity, you'll find someone else--Quentin Collins isn't for you--I knows so, and not because you work here and he's a Collins--most would say you aren't good enough for Quentin, but I know better--he isn't good enough for you.  He's wild and irresponsible, selfish, and even cruel sometimes, says Beth, but I know all that about him.  You don't know the really terrible thing about him, do you? asks Charity--just stay away from him!  What terrible thing? asks Beth.  You'll pay with your life if you don't keep away from him, says Charity--maybe I'm saying he's a murderer, maybe I'm saying much worse, at least a murderer is a human being, but...  What? Demands Beth.  Just stay away from Quentin, cries Charity.  Why, demands Beth?--because you're implying terrible things about him--or because you're in love with him yourself?  Charity denies it.  I've seen the way you peek behind closed doors at him, accuses Beth, staring across rooms with that wide-eyed lovesick little girl look.
Charity admits, I did find him handsome, once.  And maybe you still do, suggests Beth.  No, says Charity, when I see him now, I see another face, ugly, cruel animal.  Too many things have happened here at Collinwood, says Beth--don't spread malicious rumors you will regret.  Perhaps they aren't just rumors, says Charity softly.  Of course they are, says Beth, I know Quentin very well.  Not as well as you think you do, says Charity--"Leave Quentin alone!"

Tate paints while Petofi glances through a small booklet--I always admire your work, says the Count--these are superb--you have an embarrassing amount of talent.  Petofi looks at the painting--he thinks it's finished.  Tate objects--I have more work to do on it.  No need, says Petofi.  Charles is insistent.  Very well, work, says Petofi, quickly, work!  There's a knock at the door.  Tate isn't expecting anyone--I won't answer if you don't want me to.  Of course you must answer, says Petofi--I'll wait in the next room.  Tate answers the door.  It's Charity.  He invites her in.  You took a while answering, she says, staring at Quentin's painting.  I was just absorbed in my work, he says--look at that, it's almost finished.  So I see, says Charity.  How do you like it, considering I'll soon be painting a portrait of you? he asks.  Looking a trifle ill, she says, I don't want you to paint my portrait--I changed my mind.  Why? he asks.  She walks away from him.  What do you think of Quentin's portrait? He asks again--I guess you don't think me much of a painter, do you?  She turns to face him and says, I think you paint TOO well, and I fear when you paint me, I will find some horrible secret, just as I did in Quentin.  Is there really a horrible secret there? he asks.  Not now, but there was, she says, when the face of Quentin turned into that of a wolf!  Taking her face between his hands, he says, I thought I convinced you that had been your imagination.  Yes, then, she says, but I didn't know then what I do now--the reason the portrait changed.  What is that? asks Tate.  She turns again to face him--if I thought I could convince you to believe me...perhaps I should tell you--I must tell someone or go mad! she cries hysterically.  Petofi listens in the other room.  Not right now, Father is expecting me at home, she tells Tate--stay away from Quentin Collins, he isn't good for you, or for anyone else--on nights when the moon is full, stay inside, warns Charity, and keep your doors locked.  Tate doesn't understand.  Just do it! she begs, and leaves Tate standing there, puzzled.  Petofi comes out of the room.  "So that's it," says Tate--"I knew the moment that portrait changed that Quentin had some vile secret--that portrait actually did change."  "And now you think you know what his secret is, says Petofi.  Yes, says Tate, he's a werewolf, isn't he?  Yes, admits Petofi, the unfortunate young man is afflicted with that terrible curse.  What does his portrait have to do with this? demands Tate.  My plans for Quentin are peculiarly my own, says Petofi, and none of your business.  You forgot I'm the one painting that portrait, Tate reminds him.  And YOU forgot I'm the one who allowed you to, says Petofi--you must always remember that, my dear Charles--that young lady was very agitated, she could think of nothing else, talk of nothing else, fortunately, she talked only to you, but I must deal with her immediately.  What do you mean? asks Tate.  Do you remember the story of Echo, a nymph that talked too much? asks Petofi--she made the gods angry and they were forced to deal with her--much to her eternal sorrow...

Charles puts the finishing touches on Quentin's portrait while Quentin, deep in though, listens to his music in the Collinwood drawing room.  He answers a knock at the door, walking slowly, reluctantly, to find Petofi there.  Quentin isn't glad to see him, but Petofi humorously says, I'm sure Edward would warmly greet me, seeing as how I have such a good recommendation from the Earl of Hampshire and all.  "My brother Edward is a madman," says Quentin nastily, "thanks to you--Jamison is possessed and perhaps dying."  Stop worrying about your family, urges Petofi (what a bastard!)--they may all still recover at the proper time.  And Barnabas, asks Q--will he recover his freedom?  Petofi gazes at Barnabas' portrait and says, Barnabas and I have a matter between us that only we can settle--and settle it we will--as to my reason for coming, I have come to save you.  Why should I believe that, along with your other lies? demands Q--"Mr. Fenn-Gibbons."  Petofi admits, I often lie, true, but tonight I'm telling the truth--like you.  "But not enough to end my curse--if you can," says Quentin.  I can, Petofi assures him, walking into the drawing room and standing next to the gramophone--your taste in music is so melancholy, for a young man with the whole world before him, but perhaps you were brooding about the fact that your cousin Barnabas can no longer help you.
Why? asks Quentin.  I can, and will, Petofi swears--again at the proper time.  What god do you swear on? Asks Quentin.  Petofi responds, "I have but one, and his name is Petofi!"--you're in grave danger from Charity Trask, showing her her father's confession didn't silence her.  I know, says Quentin--she talked to Beth.  She also talked to Charles Tate, reveals Petofi.  "WHAT?" asks Quentin.  I will deal with Charity, Petofi assures him.  Who will deal with Charles Tate? asks Q.  There's no reason to worry about him, says Petofi--because I say so--if there is any danger, I will deal with it; I'm determined nothing will happen to you.  Why? asks Q.  Because there is no longer any question in his mind, says Petofi, you are a part of the future, the ghost of David Collins knows you well--something impossible has happened--perhaps together, we will find out why.  Charity comes in and launches an immediate verbal attack on Petofi--"You!  I knew I heard your voice!"  I'm delighted to see you, says Petofi.  Don't be polite to me, she orders--get out immediately or I will summon my father.  I don't think you will summon your father or anyone else, he says, amused.  "How dare you?" she cries.  Are you enjoying your stay at Collinwood, asks Petofi, or do you find the responsibilities too heavy for your fragile shoulders--have I guessed right?--"Oh dear, you can't tell me, you've lost your voice," he says--I can help you--I'm said to have a very healing touch.  He touches her throat with his hideously deformed hand as she silently cries out...

NOTES:  Is it time for Charity's moment of truth?  Will she turn back into Pansy?

Why, I wonder, does Petofi like Quentin so much?  Is it because he's the only one to face his own truths, or because Quentin seems like a young Petofi to him?

What do you think of this Tate role for Roger Davis?  Kind of bland, huh?  Weird to see him playing another role in the same storyline--and no mention of his resembling Dirk!

Interesting little cat fight between Beth and Charity.  They both love him, and both know the truth about him--but Beth can forgive and stand by him, while Charity cannot--even though her own father is a deliberate murderer!

Wouldn't today's shrink have a grand time with these ladies on the couch?

Love, Robin

214
Robservations / Robservations #815/816
« on: February 20, 2003, 10:16:33 PM »
815 - Petofi exultantly tells Aristede--look at the hand--it saved me, as I knew it would.  Aristede is confused.  Do you doubt me word? demands Petofi.  No even for a moment, says Aristede, sucking up big time--but to actually see it!  Petofi shows it to Barnabas--does it seem a trick to you?  No, says Barnabas, overwhelmed by it all.  Nice of you to say it, says Petofi, perhaps you are the gentleman you appeas to be.  Petofi introduces himself to Barnabas: "At your service." Barnabas turns away--I wish I could believe that, he says.  Petofi refers to Barnabas as an ideal companion for such an occasion and tells Aristede, break out the champagne--we will drink and ignore Barnabas, for it has been restored to me--what I have sought through the world for 100 years is mine again, I am whole again.  Now that you are well, is Jamison? questions Barnabas.  No doubt he enjoyed being me, says Petofi--perhaps he, too, will enjoy a miraculous recovery.  I want your word on that, insists Barnabas.  I owe you nothing, says Petofi.  You already have, says Barnabas--I gave you the hand that saved your life...  And for that I owe you thanks, says Petofi.  I want you to honor the agreement I made with Aristede, says Barnabas--I gave him the hand as long as he ensured he was empowered to deal for you.  Aristede enters bearing champagne and glasses.  It seemed the only thing to do at the time, Victor, says Aristede.  If he said he did, says Petofi, I must honor the agreement--what was it?  That you'd cure Quentin and remove the spell on Jamison, says Barnabas--he and Edward will revert back to what they were.  Aeistede takes out a cheroot and lights it in a candle.  Are you going to cure Quentin and Jamison? Barnabas asks Petofi.  Quentin has already been taken care of, says the count.  Barnabas objects--Quentin is the same as he was.  "Is he?" asks Petofi--I have my own methods of doing things, which have caused difficulty, but is the only way for me--when one deals with the unknown, it is exhausting, adds Petofi, sitting down.  I know the reason you refuse to cure Quentin and Jamison, says Barnabas--because the power in that hand is gone now that you have it back.  Indeed? asks Petofi, offering to show Barnabas.  He takes Barnabas' youthful- looking hand in his ugly, re-attached one and grips it hard.  "I take my hand away, there will be marks where my fingers have touched you," says Petofi--"until those marks have disappeared, you will no longer be able to indulge in your favorite trick--for that is what it is--isn't it, Mr. Collins?"--I was jealous when Aristede told me of it.  He releases Barnabas' hand and says, that is all there is to it.  Both Aristede and Petofi laugh.  Try to disappear, suggests Petofi, for our sake, so I know I have some power--after all, you doubted me, now you can test my powers--or are you afraid?  No, says Barnabas, but I will disappear, because I must know what has happened to Jamison.  I am interested in the boy, too, says Petofi.  I will be back no matter what happens, Barnabas assures him, to make sure you live up to your part of the bargain.  Barnabas attempts to dematerialize, but finds he can't.  He's stunned.  The other two men laugh at him.  "Well, Mr Collins," comments Petofi, "you have returned before you disappeared.  Never doubt this," he says, waving the hand in front of him.  "Never!"

Quentin, besieged with questions, checks Jamison's pulse--why hasn't he gotten better?--where's Barnabas?--still with Petofi?--did the hand accomplish nothing?--I must find Barnabas---dare I leave Jamison?--if he wakes, will he be frightened?  Resolutely, he realizes the boy will not wake, and not know if he does--I must find Barnabas before Jamison dies!  He leaves the cottage.

Aristede pours champagne for Petofi.  Join us, Petofi advises Barnabas--then we can discuss the matter like gentlemen.  Barnabas, angry, says, I made the biggest mistake of my life, trusting the two of you.  You judge us too harshly, says Petofi.  Only because he doesn't know us, says Aristede.  "I know you!" says Barnabas.  Quentin clumps downstairs, demanding to know what has happened.  Petofi offers him champagne.  "You're well," says Quentin--but Jamison is in a coma, dying--save him--you must--you possessed him, you can save him!  Can I indeed? asks Petofi--there are some thing I will not ask this hand--he holds it up to show Quentin that he's gotten it back again.  Barnabas looks damned miserable.

Barnabas asks Petofi, why do you even hesitate to save Jamison?  Petofi asks Aristede, should I do it?  I find the child interesting, says Aristede, but perhaps not worth saving.  Quentin reaches for Aristede, intending him harm, but Barnabas grabs his shoulder and stops him.  Petofi, amused, says--he's evil--his instincts are always so much more vicious than my own.  Barnabas asks, is there any humanity in you at all?  Petofi says, if I save the boy, there will be a price.  (Another Angelique?)  Barnabas reminds him, I already paid, by giving you the hand.  The price has changed, says Petofi, I want to discuss it with Barnabas alone.
Quentin asks, does this have anything to do with me?  You're egocentric, comments Petofi--I find it wiser to deal with one person instead of two in matters of importance.  Barnabas urges Quentin to go back to Jamison--I will come to you after I deal with Petofi.  Quentin goes.  Barnabas asks, what's the price?  So much to the point, says Petofi, and we have much to discuss--the future, simply put, we have the future to discuss, yours and mine.  Where will we be in the year 1969?--do you think about that?--I find it fascinating to speculate about that year--or perhaps you know too well?  I don't understand, says Barnabas.  Aristede, show him the book, orders Petofi.  Aristede brings over the Collins family history, published in 1965.  Barnabas admits, I know the book, and I do come from another time, but what does this have to do with what you want?  Petofi says, my price for saving the Collinses is a trip to the year you left--a journey into the future.  Why? asks Barn.  Now that my hand is back where it belongs, says Petofi, do you think the gypsies will simply forget it?--no, they will be more determined than ever to take it as they did before--I know them, and if I went to the future, they would have all those years before they could catch up with me--80 years of peace!  With all your powers, asks Barnabas, why do you still fear the gypsies?  There is no need for you to know, says Petofi, will you pay my price?  I can't take you to 1969, says Barnabas--I don't know how to get there myself, my reason for coming was vital, and I intend to TRY to return.  We will try together, insists Petofi.  This isn't a carriage ride, explains Barnabas--I don't understand how I got here, no formula written down, I simply used my concentration--with all your powers, adds Barnabas, surely you can figure out a quicker and smoother way.  Petofi offers to show Barnabas "Why you should return to your own time while you can--I can show you, using my psychic powers, the end!  Petofi opens the doors of a cupboard and tells Barnabas to look into it--"What do you see?" asks Petofi--"Soon you will see your own death!"
We see Barnabas' portrait hanging over the mantel in the Old House.  Julia Hoffman sits in one of his chairs, reading a book (yeahhhhh Julia!)  David comes downstairs, barely able to hold onto the handrail, calling Quentin.  Julia goes to him--why are you out of bed? she asks.  I must go to Quentin, says David--he needs me, please let me go!  Julia shakes her head--Quentin does not need you.  I can hear him calling to me! protests David.  Fight, reject him, urges Julia--you must!  No, says David.  She leads him to the chair she was sitting in. Reject him, begs Julia.  No! David cries, and passes out.  She goes to her doctor's bag, takes out a hypo and injects it into David's arm.  She calls his name.  He awakens and begs to see Quentin, then passes out again.  Julia looks at the boy, watching him.  Barnabas, highly agitated, asks Petofi, is David dying?  Petofi just looks at him.

"David dying?" asks Petofi--I don't seem to know the name.  Barnabas reminds him, you caused that vision to happen, you have that power--I must know.  "You saw your own death, Mr. Collins," says Petofi.  Now Barnabas is puzzled--I didn't see what you did, I didn't see what you caused, says Barnabas.  "How can you be sure?" asks Petofi.  "Who was in it?" asks Barnabas.  "David," answers Petofi.  Who else? queries Barn.  I did not recognize the others, says Petofi.  There was one other, says Barnabas--what was the name mentioned, what name do you know?  "Yours, I presume," says Petofi nervously.  Barnabas smiles and says, "Your powers do have their limits, don't they?"  Annoyed, Petofi retorts, "Obviously, Mr. Collins, I shan't be dependent on you to take me to a distant time!"--you haven't given me the answer, says Petofi, the one answer--I think we must give you a little more time.  Obviously, says Aristede.  Time to overcome his scruples, says Petofi--time to watch the Collins family disintegrate--I suggest you leave--it's nearly dawn and you have much to reflect on.  You need time, too, says Barnabas, to realize I have told you the truth, and if there were some way to accomplish what you want, I'd be forced to do it, but there is not.  We shall see, says Petofi.  Barnabas leaves the mill.  Petofi calls Barnabas most unusual.  Perhaps he was telling the truth, says Aristede, and can't return to his own time.  No, says Petofi, Barnabas thinks he can win--accomplish whatever he came to do here and disappear without me--I will do something I learned from Lord Kitchener--when the first plan of battle fails, then launch the second immediately.

Magda waits at the Old House.  She witnesses Petofi and Aristede entering the room through the double doors along the back wall.  Scared, she asks how they got in.  Aristede is very clever at finding secret tunnels, says Petofi, with the instincts of a mole.  She refuses to help them.  I think you will, says Petofi, who holds up his arm and shows her his hand--perhaps your master didn't have time to tell you about it.
She gasps in horror.  You'll help us whether you want to or not says Petofi proudly.

Dawn - Magda leads Petofi and Aristede into an unused wing of the family mansion.  There's a coffin there, apparently Barnabas' new hiding place.  "We can learn from Mr. Collins," says Petofi--this is an ingenious move on his part.  Yes, you can, agrees Magda.  Aristede takes out a length of chain.  Silence! Petofi orders Magda--I am the only one who can speak.  Open the coffin, Aristede, orders Petofi.  Aristede does so.  Barnabas lies inside.  Petofi takes a gold cross, says, "I'm afraid you are fighting a losing battle, Mr. Collins," and places it on Barnabas' chest.  Aristede closes the coffin.  "Chain him," orders Petofi, "chain him securely for his long..." (I could not make out the remainder of Petofi's statement; between the chain and the music, it was muffled).
Aristede puts a padlock on the chain, locking Barnabas away much as his father once did...

NOTES:  I always wondered why Barnabas didn't want to tell Petofi about I-Ching, unless he feared that the old man would go wreak havoc on his 1969 family and he'd never be rid of him.  It's a big world, surely Petofi could have found his own niche in it.  One also wonders just how Petofi has cured Quentin, but we will shortly see this play itself out.

Now we have both Jamison and David in deadly peril, and if the former dies, the latter won't even be born, technically, or anyone else in-between!  Oh, those time paradoxes do give one a headache!

Wonderful performances all around today.  Loved the interplay between Petofi and Aristede over making it impossible for Barnabas to disappear.  This is going to prove to be a huge problem soon, bigger even than the one he's got now!  Poor Barnabas, locked in a coffin with a cross keeping him imprisoned.  Must bring back some awful flashbacks to when his father and Ben did something similar.

You WOULD think that Petofi could transcend time and space, with his talents, wouldn't you?  And what's that weird business about the vision he showed Barnabas--why DIDN'T he realize that what he showed Barnabas didn't jive with what he thought he showed Barnabas?


816 - Aristede finishes locking Barnabas in his coffin.  Petofi exults that they can give Barnabas more attention at the mill than they could in the west wing of Collinwood.  Barnabas will be surprised to find himself here when he wakes, says Aristede.  I don't think so, says Petofi, putting his right hand on the coffin; Barnabas and I have been at war for sometime, this is one more battle in this war--the last one--it will go on until Barnabas gives me what I want.  It will be difficult to get the vampire to give up his mission in this time, says Aristede.  Difficult, admits Petofi, but he assures him, I shall do it--military strategy, doing what it takes to win any crucial battle--increase the pressure and increase the enemy's discomfort until he can stand it no longer.  Petofi balls up his fist--until he has no choice but to surrender.  Aristede asks, how will you increase the pressure?  Thus far, says Petofi, only those whom Barnabas cares for in this century have suffered--now I shall attack from the other side, hit him from both directions and catch him in pinchers from which he can't escape until he gives me what I want.  Now I will start working on those Barnabas loves in 1969.  Aristede points out, you cannot see that time; how will you know who those people are?  Barnabas mentioned one name with whom I can begin, says Petofi, and realize he must return to his own time, and take me along--David Collins, of course.  Petofi grins in triumph.

Aristede asks how he is going to use David.  Fist still clenched, Petofi tells Aristede to put out the lights, because darkness must call to darkness.   Aristede complies, and a weird green light covers Petofi as he says, "Jamison Collins, your spirit is still under my control.  I command it to enter into the darkness of the yet to be born, and welcome the form, feelings and knowledge of one who lives in a future time.  I command it no matter what the cost, no matter what the pain."

Jamison lies on the sofa at Collinwood.  He awakens with a terrified cry.  Nora runs to his side.  Quentin, get Quentin he cries.  She's afraid to leave him alone, but he assures her it's all right.  As she's running out, he asks her where she's going.  Puzzled, she says, I'm going to get Quentin.  Call him on the phone like we always, do, Amy! he cries.  She's shocked at the name he called her, and asks, why are you looking at me so strangely?--something's very wrong!  Jamison says, don't play tricks on me--Amy.  Your name is David, I know that, she says.  Amy leaves to get Q or Beth, but David insists she use the telephone.  Here's right in the house, she says.  Jamison says, I know that--everyone else is away, Quentin drove away Liz and Roger.
Nora wonders what the heck he's talking about.  He shakes her by the arm and says, "Call him!"  Nora runs away.  "AMY!" cries Jamison, who, very weak, picks up the phone and calls to Quentin.  He loses his strength.  Quentin comes running in; Jamison is happy to see him.  He asks Q, why is Amy back in the house?  Amy? asks Quentin.  He thinks he's David and I'm Amy, reports Nora.  "David Collins?" asks Quentin.  Jamison asks, why is she back in the house?--is everyone else back, too?--Aunt Liz and Carolyn?--he doesn't want that.  Quentin encourages him to lie down and sends Nora to her room.  She turns and asks, who is David Collins?  I don't know, admits Quentin.  Nora runs along.  Quentin calls to Jamison, but gets no response.  David, asks Quentin, do you know me?  Yes, says Jamison, you're Quentin.  How do you know me?  demands Q, but Jamison is asleep and doesn't respond.  Quentin looks at him, perturbed.

Nora tells her Raggedy Ann doll, Jamison didn't mean to frighten me, I know that.  He's been sick, and when people are sick, they sometimes get mixed up.  Tim knocks at her door.  She's glad to see him.  He asks what's wrong.  I was trying to explain to my doll, explains Nora, who didn't understand--Jamison's been acting strangely--he scared me, but I don't think he meant it--you must have come back for your package, the one with the pretty box in it.  Oh, oh, Tim realizes, alarmed--she opened the cardboard box.  Nora assures him, I didn't see what was inside the pretty box--I couldn't open it.  Grateful she didn't see the contents, Tim says, you shouldn't have opened the box.  Don't be angry at me, she says.
He asks for the box back.   Jamison has it, she says.  He grabs her by the shoulders and yells in her face, "AFTER EVERYHTING I TOLD YOU, YOU GAVE THAT BOX TO JAMISON???"  She gazes at him, open-mouthed, and says, Jamison took it, he made me do it--he forced me!  Did he say anything about what was in the box? asks Tim, then answers himself--he couldn't have done it.  He just took it, says Nora miserably; he's been acting so strangely these past few days.  Witnessing the awful look that comes over Tim's face, Nora apologizes and begins to cry into her hands.  Stop it, orders Tim, unsympathetic.  I didn't mean to cause trouble for you, she cries.  I know that, says Tim, but I must get back that box back from Jamison.  He's downstairs, says Nora--sick.  Tim muses her words--Jamison hasn't been acting himself, he's been sick, strange--oh, no, he couldn't have opened. . .he wouldn't have used. . .he wouldn't dare!  Tim's eyes fill with terror at the very thought.

Jamison lies asleep on the sofa in the drawing room, Quentin sitting beside him.  Tim runs downstairs, nearly tripping his haste, and bangs at the closed double doors.  He tells Q, I must see Jamison--wake him up!  He's not well, protests Q.  Tim insists, I must talk to the boy.  Quentin notes this startling change in the formerly affable Tim, who is suddenly giving orders.  Tim says, I simply want to speak to "the young whippersnapper."  You can't, says Quentin-- Jamison doesn't have the hand, anyway.  Did he give it to you? asks Tim--who has that hand?  Amused, Quentin suggests, stop demanding things, now that you don't have anything to back you up.  I intend to get the hand, insists Tim.  Quentin offers him a wager on that--I could use some of your newfound fortune--or perhaps the winner could have an evening with the very beautiful young lady I saw you with at the Inn?--I want to know more--why has she come to Collinwood?--I don't know what you're up to, but I don't think I like it.  None of your business, retorts Tim--I'll thank you to tell me if you know where the hand is.  Sure, says Q, I'll tell you where you can find it--go to the abandoned mill at the end of North Road--Aristede is there--he can lead you right to the person who does have the hand.  Without another word, Tim flees the house.  Quentin smiles.  He goes back into the drawing room.  Jamison awakens and smiles at him, asking, was I sleeping long?  Quite a long time, says Q.  That's how I always thought it would go, says Jamison, I've been waiting such a long time, but now it's finally happened--you said I wouldn't be frightened, and I'm not, just as long as you're here with me.  What are you talking about? asks Quentin.  You told me, says Jamison, that we would be together forever, now that I'm dead, like you.  But you're not dead, objects Quentin, and neither am I--please, listen!  Jamison has fallen asleep again.  Quentin wonders what's happening to him--Barnabas can help me; he's got to.  He closes his eyes and calls to Barnabas--in this dark hour, I know you can hear me, I know you can come to me, so wherever you are, please come to me, and Jamison--we need you desperately.  Barnabas, can you hear me?  Barnabas!

Mill - Aristede comes into the main room and finds Tim pointing a gun at him.  I've come for the hand, says Tim--I'm going to kill you unless you tell me where the hand is.  You can't have it back, says Aristede.  I'm getting it back, insists Tim, or you die!--I should kill you just for the way you treated Amanda, you deserve to die.  We see Petofi's large shadow on the wall as Aristede asks Tim, what do you get then--me dead, but no hand!--you'll never get the hand.  Won't I? asks Tim--I will if I must turn this place inside out!  Petofi appears and tells Tim, I can't allow you to do that.  Who are you? demands Tim, aiming the gun at him.  I've grown found of this place, palace or not, says Petofi--I'd hate to see it torn apart by your misguided treasure hunt.  How do you know me? Tim asks.  I make it my business to know anyone who crosses the path of the hand of Count Petofi, says the latter.  Are you connected with him? asks Tim.  You could say that, says Petofi, both men grinning at Tim.  Plenty of bullets in the gun for both of you, says Tim, I suggest one of you tell me where the hand is.  You're mistaken, says Petofi--there aren't enough bullets in your gun for me--a man who's lived for 150 years isn't easy to kill.  Tim chuckles at this boast.  Petofi says, I've spent 100 of those years traveling from one end of the earth to the other searching for one thing, which I've found--you can't have the hand, no one can--"It's mine!  It's mine again!"
He holds up the newly-reattached hand.  Tim's lips press together in fury.

You can't be Count Petofi, says Tim.  I am, says Petofi--come, now, Mr. Shaw, surely you've had the hand long enough to know some of the things you can do.  Petofi takes out a cigar.  Long enough so that expression of fear and surprise should be missing from your face.  Tim brandishes the gun, saying even the hand itself can't re-attach itself.  Why? asks Petofi, because it defies what you know of the world?  Petofi lights his cigar and says, your knowledge of the world is limited to your own moment in time--the hand is mine again and will remain so no matter who tries to take it from me.  I find this all rather difficult to believe, says Tim.  Then pretend it was a dream, advises Petofi, and the world is as it was before you fell asleep and imagined the magic hand and the fact that it has brought no evil--though good can turn to evil--the hand has made you a happy man.  No, says Tim, not happy at all, I won't be happy until I take revenge on two people who did me a most terrible injustice--Trask and Evan Hanley.  Petofi congratulates him on his choice of enemies.  Tim smiles--perhaps you'd be willing to help me wreak my revenge.  "I rarely do anything without a price," says Petofi.  Oh, says Tim, that's all right, he have plenty of money.  And a beautiful and devoted young lady, says Petofi--and neither of your assets is of the least interest to me--who knows, that may change--when one has lived 150 years, one has seen them change a good deal--good afternoon, Mr., Shaw--"We may meet again."  Tim leaves, infuriated.  Petofi is quite amused.  Aristede is pissed.  He just tried to kill me, complains Aristede, and you let him walk out of here!  You're being childish, says Petofi--haven't you realized the thrill in danger, the excitement of a gun in your ribs, the knowledge that you're only a few seconds from extinction?--I envy you the pleasure of almost dying.  He takes a puff on his cigar and orders Aristede out--two visitors are almost here--you'll see who they are on your way out.  Peeved, Aristede says, I'm going to the Blue Whale for a drink.  Have one for me, Aristede, suggests the Count, grinning.  Aristede goes.  "And if you happen to see a particularly beautiful young lady, adds Petofi, tell her that the Count Petofi sends his compliments."  He goes into the room and touches the coffin where Barnabas is imprisoned, then goes into the other room.  Quentin, carrying Jamison, comes in and says, "He's dying."  He places him on the sofa.  "Why bring him here then?" asks Petofi.  Take him to a doctor.  That will do no good, says Q, he's been possessed!  Really? asks Petofi.  An alien spirit controls him, says Q desperately, and he'll die unless you do something!  Do you know whose it is? asks the Count.  David Collins, answers Q.  Petofi asks, is he an ancestor from the past?  I'm not sure, says Quentin.  Have you heard the name before? asks Petofi.  Jamison had a dream about David Collins, says Q--he told it to Barnabas, who explained it away, saying David Collins didn't exist.  He must exist in some time, suggests Petofi, otherwise, he couldn't be possessing the boy now.  "I don't know!" cries Quentin, all I know is, you must do something to save him or he'll die!  Again, Petofi, asks, "I?"  Yes, says Q, you owe it to him, and I know you can.  Petofi finds this interesting and presumptuous idea.  Why that? asks Q, he did your work for you when you were too weak to look for the hand yourself--surely you owe him something for that.  Petofi walks away from him and says, "What I wanted, I took; I owe the boy nothing."  All right, says Q--I apologize for thinking there were any human feelings in your heart.  How very human you are, says Petofi, I find it extraordinary, the question is, do I find it extraordinary enough to save the boy?  Do you? demands Q.  To be brutally frank, says Petofi, I don't know.  Jamison calls to Quentin, who immediately rushes to his side.  The Quentin he's calling for, says Petofi--is that you?--how can that be?--you told me he was possessed by a David Collins who lived in the year 1969.
He is, completely, says Q.  "Yet that David Collins calls for YOU?" demands Petofi.  Even Quentin takes pause at THAT question.

NOTES:  So is Petofi drawing any interesting conclusions here?  Will he put things together and figure it all out--that Barnabas and David are from the future and know each other?

Poor Tim, he had wealth and God knows how much more in his hands and lost it because he made the wrong decision.  He should have known nothing good happens at Collinwood.  Poor Nora felt so awful, and he made her feel worse.

Love Robin

215
821 - Jonathan Frid does the intro, a rare happening.  He does a splendid job, of course, with THAT voice.

Johnny Romano is thrilled he's gotten the hand back for his people--King Johnny, he proclaims--for today I am truly a king!  He returns the hand to the box and asks Magda--what are you?--a liar and murderer of your own people.
It wasn't my fault Julianka died, protests Magda.  Are you going to tell me you didn't kill her when she came for the hand? demands Johnny.  No, says Magda, but can't tell him the name of who did.  You're a liar to the very end, accuses Johnny, with the hand in this very room, you lied, and all the time trying to keep it to yourself, instead of returning it to your people--that's all finished now--I have the hand and you, too.  What will happen to me? she asks.  You will go back to Boston to be tried, he says, as soon as I give thanks for finding the hand--and you should give thanks, too, for if I didn't find it, I hate to think of what would happen to you--you will give thanks, then we will go.  Johnny opens his arms and calls to wild flowers of the field, birds of the air, gypsy children--thank you for the return of this, our most previous possession.  Magda tries to sneak out the door, but there is a towering, colorfully dressed black man standing there, blocking her escape.  She cries out in dismay.   Johnny says, you've been living with the gadjos too long if you think a king would just let you go. He tells Istvan, the huge man--she won't go anywhere but where we tell her to go--she will go on trial, he says--no one ever used the hand against another gypsy before, but Magda isn't even a gypsy anymore.  That hand, says Magda. . .nothing.  Can I say goodbye to Jenny and Sandor and Jenny's baby before I go? She asks.  No, he says, no time for that--and perhaps you'll be saying hello to them quicker than you think.  Istvan bursts into weird laughter at this jest, grabs Magda and forces her out the door behind King Johnny.  Aristede appears, looking pleased.

Petofi's mill  - He walks around the coffin.  Aristede enters.  It went exactly as you said it would, he tells Petofi--they came to the house, found the hand where I had left it, and took the gypsy witch away with them--I watched the whole thing, laughs Aristede.  I had one terrible fear of what might have gone wrong, says Petofi--what if the gypsies had tried to use the hand?  Nothing? asks Aristede.  Although Tate's artistic talents made the false hand a perfect match for my own, says Petofi, I doubt the recently departed Abraham Howell could give the gypsies what they want--by now they would be swarming all over us with that pursuing instinct they seem to possess.
Petofi admires his own hand.  We got what we wanted, says Aristede.  Petofi agrees--we got time--I was standing by Barnabas' resting place, thinking about the future a great deal--bring me the Collins family history book--I need guidance, and hope the book will guide us to the future--I'm especially interested in knowing if Magda's tribesmen hurt her.  They weren't "kind" to her, laughs Aristede.  Petofi laughs along and says, they will be less kind in a very little while--I'm very pleased with the way you handled this matter; I wish I could see the gypsies when. . .no, better not, like black cats, they bring misfortune.  Petofi pages through the Collins family book, looking to see what the future may hold.

Aristede puts some sheet music on a very unusual stand.  Someone enters the mill. Aristede asks who is there, but all he hears is a wind that knocks first the music off the stand, then tips over several pieces of furniture.  I'm not afraid, Aristede tells the entity, but when the candles blow out, he calls for Petofi, scared.  Someone is here, says Aristede, but I see no one.  Petofi seems to know who it is, and asks the alien spirit "to depart in peace, depart unsatisfied, before there is nothing left but eternal wandering--return before the grave closes behind you forever," intones Petofi.  The lights comes back on.  Petofi assures Aristede, we will be troubled no more.  Who was it? asks Aristede.  Probably the good man whose hand we took the previous night, says Petofi, he's understandably restless and disturbed--pick up my music, I have something else for you to do.  It surprises me, says Aristede, that with a ghost on the premises, you can still think about your music.  Ghosts come and go, says Petofi, even gypsies can finally be gotten rid of, but music and pleasure of the senses endure forever--I wonder--the music, paintings, beautiful people of 1969--what will they be like?--I burn to find out!  (Take Petofi to see HAIR.  He'll love it!)

Dusk - Petofi opens Barnabas' coffin and removes the cross from his chest.  You can move, says Petofi, but not very far.  He backs up against the door and holds up a cross.  What has happened? asks Barnabas.  Since you closed your tired eyes, quite a lot, says Petofi--Jamison is still ill and possessed by David.  Barnabas has risen to his feet, standing before Petofi.  "Then everything is the same," says Barn.  Petofi says, I didn't say that--he's in far worse condition, because I am far more anxious to get to the future--do you follow me?  I can't give you that secret! insists Barnabas.  I'm still disposed to think you are lying, says Petofi--I've been studying your family history with great interest, and wonder why you came back here--I know it concerns some of those people, right?  I can only say what I have before, says Barnabas--I can't pass through time, nor take you.  "BUT YOU WILL NOT EVEN TRY!" screams Petofi.  He calms down, even smiles
--if you will say no more, I must remain what I am, a restless spectator in a play about to begin--I sit in my seat, staring at the program, wondering what will happen onstage--but supposing there is NOTHING when the curtain rises but a bare stage?--allow me to make my meaning clear.  Aristede comes in holding two flaming torches.  In my time, explains Petofi, I destroyed entire gypsy villages with them--with them, I could burn Collinwood to the ground--what need of the building if there are no Collinses?--if Jamison dies, there will be no Elizabeth, Roger and David, all will cease to exist in 1969!--I have studied my history very carefully.  "I see," says Barnabas--I am surprised, I expected better from you--"You are incompetent."  "How dare you call me incompetent?" snarls Petofi.  "In one night I could destroy a whole generation of Collinses."  Aristede, holding the torches, offers to go to Collinwood right now--I will do the job quickly, accurately and efficiently.   Think about it, Petofi advises Barnabas--no Collinwood, no Collinses!--ask yourself, suggest the count, if your secret is worth as much as that...

King Johnny and Magda are in the woods, a fire built.  We will have our supper, he says, then march to the caravan, then journey on to Boston--Istvan, gather more wood.  The man goes. He doesn't say much, comments Magda, not a word.  He was once accused of a crime by another gypsy, says Johnny, and set to go on trial before the others--he ran away, and when caught, he was punished--because his tongue is cut out!-- he would tell you, Magda, if he could talk, to stay very close to the campfire tonight--very close!

I never thought I'd be going back like this, laments Magda.  Neither you nor Jenny should have left your people, says Johnny--both of you forgot what it means to be gypsies.  Istefan alerts them with grunts that someone has rifled through their belongings.  Johnny is mystified--who could have gotten past us?  Somebody did, says Magda with a gasp.

As Aristede holds his flaming torches aloft, Petofi again asks Barnabas, is you secret worth Collinwood's destruction?  We will have to work that out together, says Barnabas--if there is to be no Collinwood or Collinses, there can be no future for me, which means none for you, either.  (Barnabas, you are clever!)  I suggest you send Aristede off with his fireworks, advises Barnabas.   Incensed, Petofi pushes the cross in Barnabas' face, complaining, it wearies me to talk to you.  Barnabas cowers away.  Petofi orders Aristede, be careful--he's our prize specimen. Barnabas looks very unhappy indeed.  "I will find a way to get free, Count Petofi," vows Barnabas.  Not before I find a way to get to the future, says Petofi.

Magda suggests some tramps opened the knapsack and took the hand.  No way, says Johnny, no tramp lives I can't see or hear--besides, they didn't take anything--I am going to bless the hand right now--I was going to wait until we got to Boston, but have decided to do it now.  You have no reason to change your plans, says Magda.  There have been too many non-gypsies near this hand, says Johnny, and that's bad--I must bless it now.  You won't use it now, will you? she asks.  Why not? he demands.  She looks unsure.  He accuses her of letting a non-gypsy get near this, use it!  She shakes her head.  A wind blows up, followed by lightning and thunder.  A ghost missing his right hand appears before them.  What do you want? Asks Johnny.  The ghost takes the false hand and stuffs it into his empty jacket sleeve.
Johnny sees the hand in the box has disappeared.  I don't know who that was, insists Magda.  But you do, says Johnny--you got a good look at him when you opened the grave and took his hand!  Magda denies it.  You tried to pull the "bajor," the big switch, accuses Johnny, the oldest gypsy trick in existence.  He grabs her--you tried to pull the bajor on me, on all of us!  I didn't do it, I swear! bleats Magda.  Who did? he demands.  I still can't say, she tells him.  Put out the fire, Johnny orders Istvan,--gather up our things, we are going back to the caravan, back to Boston now!  The men start tossing stuff into the knapsack, but Magda has slipped away.  Istefan, find Magda and bring her to the caravan at the edge of the lake! Orders Johnny--we will go back to Boston--bring her back--anyway he can!  Magda, hiding in the bushes, watches Istvan head out to find her.

NOTES:  King Johnny is pretty cool.  I always did like him, even though he intended Magda harm she didn't entirely deserve.  I loved the scene between Petofi and Barnabas, and the way Barnabas one-upped him.  Barnabas has a valid point--what difference does it make to him to get Petofi to the future, to do anything for the bullying megalomaniac, if his own family is destroyed and he has nothing left to return to?

Its really unfortunately for Amanda that she loves Tim Shaw and he loves revenge and himself.  He is using her, she knows it, but it sounds like she has a weird past, and why doesn't she remember anything before two years ago, anyway?  You sense Tim likes her, but would just as soon discard her once his own pioneer justice is served.

Once again, we see Magda being physically abused, this time by one of her own.  That made me wince.  I wouldn't want to stick with people who hit me, that's for sure!  The story Johnny told Magda about Istvan and why he can't speak is chilling.

Glad for Mr. Howell returning to get his own hand, even if it did mess things up for poor Magda.  Will she escape Istvan?  Will she come out of this mess alive?  She doesn't even have Barnabas to help her now!

CD Tate leaves me cold.  It was fun to watch Petofi hit him with an extracurricular painting job.  That hand looked damn close to the real one, didn't it?


822 - Tate's studio - Petofi lights a cheroot and tells Charles, you've been of enormous value and I owe you much thanks--you transformed an ordinary hand into a work of art, so like mine, I felt a twinge of pain when I planted it for the gypsies to find.  The gypsies will know it's a fake, warns Charles.  Yes, but I have another plan, Petofi assures him, a most daring exploit, a journey into the unknown--can you imagine what the world will be like 80 years from today?
Petofi gazes over Tate's shoulder and sees he is painting a brooch.  You have an eye for jewelry, says Petofi, just as good as your eye for beauty--I can never look at the portrait without being overwhelmed by the girl's eyes--the truth--who modeled this for you?  No one, and you know it, answers Tate.  She's so real and lifelike, says Petofi, you must have seen her somewhere and forgotten, as if you were a camera and took the picture without knowing it.  I'd never have let her go, insists Tate.  More interesting still, cackles Petofi--how long ago did you start painting her?  Two years, says Charles.  What will you put in now, the brooch? Asks Petofi.  I didn't ask you here, Tate reminds him--you came to ask me about something I didn't want to do, and thanked me--let me alone so I can work.  This brooch will look beautiful on her, comments Petofi--did you find this design...  Tate snatches the painting from Petofi's hand.  I know you don't want to share anything with me, says the Count, but at least answer that question.  I dreamed she was wearing it, says Tate.  You're in love with her, says Petofi.  I'm in love with all my paintings, says Tate.  That's an unsatisfactory answer, says Petofi, laughing--you're in love with that face, those hands, and it's not healthy--I'm not an angel on an errand of mercy, but I have met a girl I think you would be most interested in, a girl you must see. . .   Tate looks at him, confused.

A girl I must see? asks Charles--I don't want to seem jaded, but I've seen lots of girls in my day--I'm more serious about my work than social life.  I worry about you, says Petofi--someone must, you're far too self-contained.  I have no interest in meeting anyone you wish to introduce me to, says Tate, because it would be a favor for you--get out and let me work!  If I come back for you this afternoon, will you at least go look at her? asks Petofi.  All right, Tate agrees, if that will make you leave.  Six PM, says Petofi, when the lady is in the habit of leaving her room for dinner.  Charles agrees.  Petofi says, if you knew how determined I am that you meet Amanda Harris...  Charles gives him a look as he leaves.

Collinwood - I thought I saw him on the street, the man I ran away from, an upset  Amanda relates to Trask--it wasn't him, but I felt all the same emotions, the desire to run...  And the desire to stay and see him, adds Trask, to see him, enter again into that forbidden relationship.  "You know me so well," she coos.  I've been blessed with certain gifts, insights, he says.  Perhaps--he touches and squeezes her shoulder--we should consider a new, positive step, perhaps your faith isn't strong enough to carry you over the shoals of this life--perhaps I expected too great a change too quickly.  I promise to do anything you suggest, says Amanda--you're my only hope!
He takes her hands in his--"My dear child," he says, staring into her eyes, lust very obviously on his mind.  He steps away from her--you  need more personal attention than you've been getting, he says, so when you feel moments of weakness, you will have my strength to help fight them.  Yes, she says, playing the helpless woman to the hilt.  I think you should move into Collinwood, says Trask.  Move here? she asks.  In these secluded halls, perhaps you will find the inner tranquility we all need, he says.  Would it seem proper? she asks--if I came to live here, it might be misinterpreted.  Only by those whose minds dwell on evil, responds Trask.  You've told me so often evil in the eye of beholder often becomes fact, Amanda reminds him.  I might have said that, agrees Trask, but not specifically regarding this.  He touches her shoulder--you must consider herself ill, he says.  But I must also consider that you have a wife who is also ill, she says (her face conveys barely-controlled distaste).  My wife would be the first to tell me to do my duty, he says, and you are my duty--I will send a carriage for you this afternoon.  I must think, she protests.  But when you came to me, you promised to follow my recommendations, he says.  Within reason, she reminds him.  What could be more within reason than my saving you from yourself? he asks.  "But are you, sir?" she asks, "Or are you simply offering me new temptations?"  Trask smiles, assuring her, there will be none of that--I count on my own strength to see to that.  I just can't move here, she says.  You must think it over, he advises--I will show you to a room where you can be alone, and in the peace of this brilliant day, see that I want only good for you--and I, personally, will bring your luggage here.  No, I must think, she insists, you can't force me into this!  She runs off, Trask calling, "Wait!"  He races past Pansy/Charity, who teases him about having had a fight with his girl...  He calls her Charity.  She asks why--you know who I am, I'm Pansy Faye!  She sings her song and bumps him with her hip (an absolutely riotous scene), swinging her butt around.  Trask demands she come into the drawing room.  She bursts into laughter.  No, you don't get me into that room, no sir, she says, I know your kind.  He demands, break through this possession.  I could use some company, she admits, and joins him in the drawing room--I'm not used to being alone, I like crowds in my business, lots of people visiting me backstage like Carl did. . .like Carl, she says sadly.  You are NOT Pansy Faye, insists Trask.  There you go, telling me who I am, she complains--I can prove it.  She takes the crimson shawl and drapes it over her shoulders, introducing herself as the leading songstress, Miss Pansy Faye.  She offers to tell him the future--I can tell you everything that will happen.  "My dear, my dear," he laments.  She asks, what do you want to know about yourself?--I know all, see all, tell all.  The devil has captured this house, says Trask, you, Edward, Jamison--where will it all end?  Do you want to know that? she asks--I can tell you by looking in your face and see your death--"Your death!  You will die alone.  A rope.  You are tied with a rope.  Are you hanging?  No, you are not hanging, you are tied in a room, alone, you scream for help, but no one hears you, no one can hear you, and you die alone!"
Trask looks at her, horrified.

Trask tells Charity, only the highest authority above can tell us when we will die, and how--you are being blasphemous!  Looking a little sickly, she pulls away from him--no, she says.  I want you to stop saying these thing she says.  I say what I see, she insists--Luv--only it isn't like it used to be before Carl, I used to just say it, but now, since I came here, it's as if there was another voice telling me what to say.  And we both know whose voice that is, says Trask--the Prince of Darkness himself.  She bursts into laughter and says, that might be what you call it.  I'm glad your dear mother isn't here to share my sorrow at seeing you like this, he says.  My mother taught me everything she knows, protests Pansy, she was in pantomime.  I am going to take you upstairs until you recover yourself, he insists, and he drags her to the stairs.  She protests, I didn't sing my song yet, and that's how I always end my act!  She sings it as she walks upstairs, very sexily.  Trask follows her as she impudently bumps her butt at him.

Amanda tells Tim, you can't expect me to stay at Collinwood with that old fool.  Doesn't seem like such a bad idea, says Tim--perhaps you might grow to enjoy it.  I would not!, she says--don't ask me to do it, don't even try--I can understand your desire for revenge, but where is this all leading?  So, Trask is in love with you? he asks--and then we will get all we want, all the Collinses have--a man like Trask doesn't love someone without doing something about it!--when Minerva was in his way, he got rid of her, and soon Judith, and then you will be a bride.  No! insists Amanda.  And soon thereafter, a widow, says Tim--I don't think he'd let your marriage last long, you won't have to do anything you don't want to do.  (like bang boots with the Rev?)  I don't like this, says Amanda--why don't you go to the police and tell them how Evan and Trask tricked you?  I can't, says Tim, whatever those two pillars did to me, the point is, I put the poison in Mrs. Trask's tea, and those two will pay dearly for that.  When we have all the money we need, he says, we can go to Europe.  Why are you so determined to punish him? she asks--you are free!--don't think about the past.  Be like you? he asks.  I don't know anything about my past, or I wouldn't be here, she says angrily--Amanda Harris in Collinwood--when you told me about this in NY, I thought it an easy job, an adventure, but nothing worked out right--that first night, when you asked me to give you the jade pendant, that should have been an omen it wouldn't be a happy visit.  I promised you diamonds that night, he reminds her.  I haven't forgotten, she says, you have.  I haven't, he assures her.  Prove that statement, she says, jewelry can do a lot for a girl--"when she's like me."  Sometimes, says Tim, you don't really know what you're like, and that's what's so interesting about you.  He sits down on the bed and puts an arm around her.  I'll stay as long as I never have to stay at Collinwood, says Amanda.  We'll see, he says.  No, she says, I want a promise on that.  "How many diamonds did you say you wanted?" he asks in mock puzzlement.  More than you can ever buy me here, she says.  They kiss, nice and deep.

Later, Tim returns from Brathwaite and Sons, where he claims to Amanda, I bought cufflinks.  You bought something for me, she insists, knowing I needed a present.  I got there and found nothing really good enough for her, he says, not like in NY.  Stop, she orders--give me the box.  I did decide to you her a little something, says Tim, but it isn't as expensive as I would have liked.  She opens it, tells him it's beautiful, and kisses him lavishly.

Petofi and Tate (sounds like a law firm) enter the Collinsport Inn.  Are we  just going to stand here and see if she appears? Tate asks.  She will, Petofi assures him--I know her habits well.  I can imagine, says Tate--I he see your mind working on all of this, you have a reason, and I demand to know what it is.  I must play out this scene as I conceived it, says Petofi, urging Charles to sit down--you will thank me later.  Petofi rises from the chair--I'll be leaving now--one should be alone when something important is going to happen to one--others, even someone who knows you as well as I do, is an unnecessary distraction.  Charles is furious.  I know you'll stay, says Petofi--your curiosity will ensure it--she's leaving her room at this very moment, walking down the corridor toward the staircase--when you see her, you will come to see me, and I will want to, but until you do, au revoir. Upset, pissed, but very curious, Tate sticks around.

Amanda and Tim walk downstairs, laughing.  My mood changes every time I get something I want, she says.  (like a child)  Tim goes to check for messages, leaving Amanda standing in full view of Tate.  He stares at her, seeing she is wearing the very same brooch he himself painted earlier that day!  Charles states, absolutely stunned.
Tim returns.  The clasp is loose, complains Amanda.  I was going to get you some diamonds, he says, fixing the clasp, but when I saw this brooch, I had to get it for you.  I'm glad you did, she says.  Everything is all right, Tim says, kissing her.  She agrees.

Back at his studio, Tate gazes at the painting of the brooch he did earlier that morning,  then at the painting we have yet to see.  The brooch is painted on the bosom of a woman in the painting who looks exactly like Amanda Harris!  It's not possible, murmurs Tate, staring at the portrait incredulously.

NOTES:  So what's this?  Tate paints a portrait, over and over, of a girl he's never met and claims never posed for him--yet here is Amanda Harris, not only an exact duplicate, but wearing the very brooch he painted?  What gives here?  What mystery is this?  Is Petofi involved?  He sure seems fascinated at the outcome, didn't he?

Amanda, like a child, loves shiny jewelry.  Does that mean anything?  Not yet, perhaps, but it will!

Love Charity/Pansy.  She predicts Trask's death--sounds like the kind someone of his ilk deserves!  Alone!  A prisoner!  And isn't it fun to watch Trask's "new" daughter interact with him?  A worse papa for Pansy couldn't be imagined!

Love, Robin

216
Robservations / Robservations 2/17/03 - #813/814 - Petofi, Restored
« on: February 16, 2003, 04:04:26 PM »
813 - (Black and white) - Nora unties the twine on the box and begins to remove the cloth.  She shakes the cardboard box, then opens it, lifting out the box.  She opens the box, and, disappointed, closes it and shakes it again, listening for what's inside.  Disappointed, she returns the wooden box to the cardboard box.

Aristede stands in the woods, smoking.  Jamison shows up.  I've been waiting over an hour, complains Aristede.  I must conserve my strength, insists Jamison, I was resting when you summoned me, and hope you have good reason for bringing me here.  I'm sure you'll be Pleased, promises Aristede.  Weakly, Jamison says, I only have a few hours left without the hand.  The hand is within ouir reach again, reports Aristede--I've seen Tim Shaw, who arrived this afternoon, with a woman--I followed them to the Inn where they are staying--Tim and the woman, Amanda Harris, arrived from NY this afternoon, together.  There's something about this I don't like, says Jamison--Tim knows how many people want to get their hands on the hand, and that he's in danger here--why was he fool enough to come back?  Not to worry, says Aristede, we should visit Shaw.  No, says Jamison, you can't believe it's that easy--Tim probably isn't as foolish as we think, and we can rest assured we won't find the hand at the Inn.  We could "persuade" Tim to tell us where it is, says Aristede, eyes sparkling at the chance to torture someone again.  No, says Jamison, I think your particular persuasion would work better on the lady friend--I will make sure Shaw doesn't disturb you in your efforts.

Collinsport Inn - Tim downs a drink at the restaurant.  Jamison comes over to him.  I'm shocked to see you here at this hour, says Tim.  I came into town with my father, lies Jamsion--he's across the street at a business meeting.  I thought you were sick, says Tim--then, remembering he can't speak of his meeting with Nora, says I called Collinwood--Nora told me that you had been ill.  I was for a few days, says Jamison, but I've begun to feel much better today.  They agree it's good to see each other.  Where have you been? queries Jamison.  New York, on business, says Tim.  You must have done very well, comments Jamison--you don't look like the teacher who used to teach school.  Jamison admires his clothes--they make you look rich.  A successful business deal, says Tim, sipping his drink.  Are you here to stay? asks Jamison.  Just to settle a few affairs, reveals Tim, then I'm leaving for good.  Too bad, says Jamsion, I hope you'll visit me at Collinwood before you leave.  I shall, Tim promises--I don't want to keep you.  My father isn't waiting, says Jamison--he told me to take my town.  He joins Tim at the table; the former teacher checks his watch.  Are you expecting someone? asks Jamison.  Yes, answers Tim, I am.  Is it somebody that you like? asks Jamison, sounding like a mischievous little boy.  Yes, admits Tim, I met her on the train from NY, charming and attractive. I guess you won't want me to stick around once she's here, says Jamison.  You're welcome to stay and meet her, says Tim, but I want to be alone with her afterwards.  "Yes, I understand," says Jamison.  Tim looks at him oddly.

When Amanda returns to her room.  Aristede grabs her from behind, covering her mouth with his hand.

Aristede drags Amanda backwards and turns on the light.  He draws out his Dancing Lady knife and warns her, if you make one sound, you're dead.  She agrees to keep quiet.  Who are you, she asks--what are you doing here?  All unimportant, says Aristede--but you must know what I'm doing here.  She denies that.  Tell me where it is, he demands, if you want to save yourself a lot of misery.  I don't know what you mean! she wails.  "The hand, Miss Harris, the hand!" he says.  She has no idea what he's talking about, and when she tells him so, he accuses her of lying and hits her, knocking her down.  I intend to get the information from you one way or another, he warns, so make it easy on yourself.  Holding her hurt cheek, Amanda suggests, you're a lunatic!  No, just very determined, he says--I came to get the hand of Count Petofi and I'm going to get it, even if I have to kill you--believe that!  I do, she says--tell me more about the hand--is it an ornament or piece of jewelry?  He looks at her strangely; it has suddenly occurred to him she might be telling the truth--perhaps Tim Shaw was intelligent enough not to tell you about the hand, he says.  He didn't, says Amanda quickly.  Toying with his knife, Aristede suggests, you can still be of use to me.  Go to Tim Shaw, says Amanda, he's got what you want.  Even if you never saw the hand itself, you must have seen the box it's carried in, says Aristede--an ornately carved brown box?  She shakes her head--no, I don't remember anything like that.
He holds the knife to her throat and suggests, check your memory again.  If I knew, I'd tell you, she sobs, but I don't, so why won't you leave me alone?  "I'm beginning to lose my patience, Miss Harris!" he warns.  There was a box in Tim's room earlier, she says.  Now you're being sensible, says Aristede.  It was an ordinary box wrapped in paper, says Amanda--Tim took it away.  Where did he take it? demands Aristede.  Crying, Amanda says, I don't know, I asked him where he was going, but he wouldn't say.  I think you're either extremely loyal or extremely foolish, opines Aristede.  I told you everything I know, insists Amanda.  Not everything, counters Aristede, "I want details--I want to know every deal Mr. Shaw made, every person he spoke to--and I advise you to remember it all, very clearly!"

I don't know when Aunt Judith will be out of the rest home, Jamison tells Tim--my father's been to see her, but says she's still pretty sick.  It appears that Trask has become quite the lord of the manor these days, remarks Tim.  Yes, says Jamison--Trask acts as if he owns Collinwood!  Enigmatically, Tim says, all things, good or evil, come to the same end.
Jamison asks, what do you mean by that?  Nothing, Tim says--just a stray thought off the top of my head.  Tim checks his watch again, concerned about Amanda--perhaps I should check the desk.  Aristede appears, commenting to Tim, I almost didn't know you with your new clothes.  Tim remembers Aristede--we met in the Blue Whale and I delivered a message for Quentin.  Yes, and then you disappeared suddenly, says Aristede--I'd wondered what happened to you.  Business, says Tim, out of town.  I assume it had nothing to do with delivering messages, jokes Aristede, and they laugh together, falsely.  If you're going to be in town for a while, says Aristede, perhaps we could get together for a drink--good night.  Aristede leaves.  Very strange man, observes Tim.  Who was he? Jamison asks--I never saw him before.  I met him only once, answers Tim, and I'm not sure I like him--excuse me, I must find Amanda.  I hope to see you at Collinwood, says Jamison.  Tim, putting on his top hat, promises, I will.  Jamison grins--business completed!

Tim lets himself into the room and finds Amanda unconscious on the floor.

Woods - Aristede and Jamison meet again.  The hand isn't at the Inn, reveals Aristede--not only did the lady not know where it was, she didn't even know about the hand.  Jamison is frustrated--we don't know anymore now than we did before.  Yes, we do, says Aristede, Tim took a carton out of the Inn this evening--he wouldn't tell Amanda what was in it or where he was taking it, he only said he was taking it to someone for safekeeping.  If only we can find out where he took it to, says Jamison.  There's one slight clue, says Aristede--Miss Harris says he took a locket from her which he said he was going to give as a gift--he promised to replace it n the morning.  Then we must assume he gave the locket as an inducement to keep the charm safely hidden, surmises Jamison--and it must be a woman--at Collinwood!  Tim Shaw made one mistake when he spoke to me, earlier, says Jamison--he claimed he spoke to Nora on the telephone, but I think he spoke to her in person, at Collinwood.  So we must go to Collinwood and speak to Nora, says Aristede excitedly.  No, says Jamison, you must stay right here; after all, I'm her brother, I think I can get her to tell me what I want to know.  They part company, both smiling.

Amanda lies in bed, regaining consciousness.  She reaches for Tim, who is sitting beside her.  Don't exhaust yourself, he urges, take it easy.  My head is pounding, she moans--when I came to the room, someone grabbed me from behind, someone I'd never seen before--he said he'd kill me if I didn't tell him what he wanted to know.  Tim apologizes--I thought they'd come after me, but never dreamed they'd target you.  Who are they? she asks--what is this strange hand they keep looking for?  I'll tell you everything as soon as you tell me what happened, he says.  I had no idea our lives would be in danger, or I never would have come, bitches Amanda.
I must know what the man looked like, insists Tim.  Thin, not very tall, wore a cape, had a strange, foreign-looking hat on, she says.  Aristede, guesses Tim immediately--I met him once, but know nothing about him--how much did you tell him? demands Tim, upset.  How much could I tell? he asks Shrilly--nothing he said made sense to me!  Good, says Tim, they'll be back, but not find the hand, not as well as I've hidden it.  "We can't stay in this town," says Amanda--we must get out.  No, we're perfectly safe, he assures her--as long as the hand is securely put away, we will stay until I accomplish what I set out to do!

Nora sleeps, Raggedy Ann at her side.  Jamison stealthily enters her room, closing the door.  He calls to Nora in a whisper, urging her to awaken.  She looks at him, surprised, and turns on her light.  What are you doing up so late? She asks.  I couldn't sleep, he says, I'm worried about something--why did Tim come to see you, and left without seeing me?  "Who said he came to see me?" asks Nora evasively.  He did, didn't he? asks Jamison.  Yes, she admits, but how did you know?  I peeked out of my room and saw Tim leaving, says Jamison.  "You mustn't tell anyone," cautions Nora--"he made me promise!"  It's just that he doesn't like me anymore, says Jamison, acting wounded.  No, says Nora--I told Tim you weren't feeling well and were resting.  I bet he saw everyone else in the whole house, except for me, accuses Jamison.  No, says Nora, I was the only one Tim saw.  Did he tell you that? asks Jamison.  Yes, she says.  I bet Tim saw Charity, or Beth, says Jamison. . .   He barely knows Beth, protests Nora, and he and Charity have never gotten along very well--he came specially to see me!  Wait until morning, says Jamison, I'm going to ask Beth and Charity.  "Even if he did come to see Beth and Charity," bursts out Nora, "I bet he didn't bring them a gift!"  This causes Jamison to stand stock still, silent for a moment.  "He brought you a gift?" asks Jamison, barely able to contain his excitement.  I want to see it, he insists.  I promised Tim I wouldn't show it to anyone, says Nora.  Craftily, Jamison says, you can't show anything you don't really have.  "I do SO have it!" she cries--it's in my dresser.  She takes out the locket and shows it to Jamison.  "What else did he give you?" demands Jamison, I know he gave you something else.  No, says Nora--I'm not lying to you!  "Yes you are--I can tell!" he says--somewhere in this room, he gave you a box and you've hidden it in this room.  No, she denies.  Tell me where it is, he insists.  I can't, she says, I made a solemn promise!  Jamison grabs her arm and twists it behind her back.  You're hurting me! she protests.
"I don't care," he says--"I don't want to hurt you, but I will unless you tell me where it is."  In agony, Nora asks, what's gotten into you?  Tell me where it is! orders Jamison.  "In my closet," she confesses, unable to take it anymore.  He releases her, then goes to her closet, where he finds the box on the bottom.  Nora nurses her painful arm.  He removes the twine and wrapping, opens the carton and takes out the wooden box.  He's beside himself with glee as he unlocks it and opens it.  He surveys the hand with joy, takes it.  "I've found it!" he says exultantly.  "At last, I've found it!"

NOTES:  And now that he's found it, what happens next?  Aristede does love to torture people to get information, doesn't he?  Donna McKechnie was never the world's greatest actress on DS, but she garnered all kinds of awards once her career fired up, and has done very well for herself.  She just managed to make a lot of folks really angry in DS fandom.

More superb performances from Henesy, and it was fun having Tim back, in his new guise as avenger.  What is his relationship with Amanda, anyway?  Friends, business acquaintances, lovers--or all in one?

I miss Barnabas!


814 - It's storming at Collinwood, inside and out.  Jamison hobbles downstairs, the box containing the hand tucked securely under his arm.  He's dying, weak, barely able to breathe.  No, he says, no, urging himself on.  He goes to the front door and leaves the house, not closing the door.  He seems terrified of the lightning.

Aristede speaks to Petofi in a room at the abandoned mill, promising him, I WILL bring it--can you hear me? he asks.  The huge man lies still, his face vulnerable without his glasses.  Jamison walks through the woods, clinging to trees, telling himself, I must get to him, I must.  Unable to continue, he drops the box containing the hand and falls to the ground, unconscious!

Quentin finds Jamison--what happened? he asks the child.  Jamison climbs to his feet, refusing to allow Q to help him.  "Take your hands off me!" cries Jamison.  What's in the box? asks Quentin.  Jamison claims it's a present for someone.  Who? demands Q.  It's none of your affair! says Jamison.  "You're my affair," cries Quentin--Jamison, you're not well.  Don't call me by that name! Commands Jamison--I'll be all right in a few seconds--the gift is a present for Nora.  Quentin grabs it from him and unwraps it--the hand.  He's exultant to have found it.  "Yes, it is the hand," says Jamison, falling to the ground again.

Aristede checks his watch, concerned that Jamison is taking so long.  Time--we have no time!--what if Jamison doesn't find the hand?--what will I do without Victor?--I'll have to think for myself (LOL--the horror!)  Aristede goes back into the room where Petofi lies, kneeling beside him, stroking his hair.

Cottage - Barnabas opens the box, revealing the hand.  We have it at last, he gloats.  Jamison lies on the sofa, Quentin tending to him.  I tried using the hand to make Jamison well, says Quentin, but nothing happened.  Barnabas also kneels beside Jamison and calls to the boy.  He won't answer to that name, says Quentin--he's still possessed.  Does Petofi mean him harm, wonders Barn--want him to be sick?--is this part of the plan?--we must get him to a doctor.  It won't do any good, says Quentin, it's all part of the spell--and we both know it.  Barnabas calls to Jamison, open your eyes if you hear me.  Jamison does.  "The hand," he boy says weakly.  We have it, says Barnabas.  Give it to me or I'll die, says Jamison.  Why must you die? asks Barn, why?  What started in the forest of Oshden will end in this drafty room, says Jamison--"You must give me the hand."  "You are dying, Count Petofi," states Barnabas.  Quentin says a warning, "Barnabas. . ."  Barn asks Jamison, do you think the hand will help you?  It will, says Jamison.  How? asks Barn.  Only I and the deadly gypsies know that, says Jamison--don't let me die.
He speaks to someone who isn't there: "Aristede, where is the boy?  Why hasn't the boy come with the hand yet?  Aristede, have they got him?  Are they keeping him somewhere with the hand?"  Barn and Quentin exchange glances.  Barnabas asks Jamison where Aristede is.  They have played their tricks, says Jamison, but they don't know how to use the hand--give it to me, don't let me die, he begs Barnabas.  Where is Aristede, queries Barnabas--I will take the hand to him.  "Barnabas..." warns Quentin.  "Tell me!" thunders Barnabas.  No, says Jamison, you will keep the hand, you want it for yourself.  You must trust me, says Barn, where is he? At the abandoned mill, reveals Jamison.  Where they had me--where you saved me, Quentin says.  Get the hand, please, whispers Jamison, passing out again.  Quentin observes how weak the boy is--you can't take the hand, says Quentin, it's my only chance.  And what of Jamison--what chance has he? demands Barnabas.  Angry now, Q says, if you give them the hand, they will just disappear, they don't care about Jamison.  Perhaps they do, counters Barnabas, a great deal, because Jamison IS Petofi now.  Petofi's dying too? asks Q.  No one has seen him since before Jamison became possessed, Barnabas reminds him--it's possible he used his last ounce of strength to possess the boy and is now lying somewhere, almost dead, and Jamison is merely doing what he is doing.  If Petofi dies. . .begins Quentin.  Then Jamison will die, too, says Barn grimly.  Barnabas leaves, sans the hand--I'll be back, he says--wait with Jamison.  Quentin kneels beside Jamison and takes his hand.

Petofi lies still, seemingly in a coma.  He moves his hand.  Aristede stops pacing and says, I'm going to Collinwood to find the boy, and bring back the hand--I promise!  Aristede starts to leave, but Barnabas has just entered the mill and is looking around.  Aristede opens the door between the two rooms and, spotting him, quietly closes it.  Aristede takes out a cross looped around his neck and goes out to greet Barnabas.  He sarcastically apologizes for the accommodations--we don't get visitors very often;  it's not what we are used to (presumably much grander quarters).  Barnabas insists on seeing Petofi.  He isn't here, says Aristede, pulling out his cross to hold Barnabas at bay--leave now.  Barnabas offers him another choice--the hand--I know where it is--*I* have it now!  Aristede's eyes widen.

You have brought us the hand because you know we have been searching for it, says Aristede sarcastically.  I'm serious, says Barnabas.  I'm not the fool you think I am, says Aristede--play your games somewhere else.  I got the hand from Jamison, reveals Barnabas.  Aristede puts the cross out of sight and pays attention.  Barnabas turns, able to face him, and says--I want to see and tell my story to Petofi--he is dying, isn't he?--"Your face admits it although you don't."
How do you know? asks Aristede.  Because Jamison is also dying, reveals Barnabas--give me one moment with Petofi.  It wouldn't do any good to see him, says Aristede, if you have the hand, give it to me, it can save them both!  Not until I have a promise from Petofi, says Barnabas.  He can't promise anything; sys Aristede--he can't speak, hasn't been able to speak since he possessed Jamison.  I must get a promise from Petofi, insists Barnabas--even a flicker of an eye or a hand raised that he will cure Quentin and end this reign of terror at Collinwood.  I will promise that, Aristede assures him.  I refuse to accept your word, says Barnabas--I want to talk to Petofi. You must trust me, says Aristede, or the child will die.  Barnabas thinks a moment and agrees--I'll get the hand.  Hurry, urges Aristede.  I know, says Barnabsa, and leaves.  Aristede looks worried.

Quentin kneels beside Jamison.  You've got to live, you've got to, begs Quentin--can you hear me?--can you?--listen, please--you're the only one I've ever loved, cared for in this whole place--you know that, don't you?--keep on trying, don't give in to it--please don't.  Barnabas returns and tells Quentin, I'm giving them the hand--Petofi is dying, too--Aristede has promised to end the curse if we end Petofi's first.  We can't trust either Aristede or Petofi, points out Quentin.  I can't let Jamison die, protests Barnabas--he will recover as Petofi does--stay with Jamison until he's well, says Barnabas, then come to the mill, and we will then force Petofi to cure you.  Barnabas scoops up the hand.  Petofi may cure himself, warns Quentin, then leave Collinwood before we can stop him.  I won't allow that, swears Barnabas, leaving the cottage again.  Quentin looks at Jamison.

Aristede tells Petofi that Barnabas is bringing the hand--you must stay alive until he comes.  He hears a door opening and closing.  Barnabas insists on giving the hand to Petofi himself.  Impossible, says Aristede, give it to me!  Reluctantly, Barnabas hands over the box.  Aristede opens it--wait here, he orders Barnabas--don't come after me into the room or you might affect what must happen.  Barnabas gives his word, unhappy about it.  I have the hand, Aristede tells Petofi.  He opens the box and takes it out, bringing it in both hands, as if it were a crown, to his master.  Aristede says, "Mighty hand that touched the face of the Sphinx, hand of infinite power come home at last, heal this man, force breath into his body, make his heart strong, for without you, he cannot live.  If he dies what was begun in the forest of Oshden will end, for his body is your body, and his mind is your mind, his life, your life!  Heal him!
He places the hand on top of Petofi's chest...

In the other room, Barnabas desperately waits.  Aristede comes out--I did what Petofi told me to do, says Aristede.  He knew he'd get the hand, says Barnabas.  Well, Aristede says, it's safe to say he hoped it would turn out in his hands (?)  He offers Barnabas some tea.  No, says Barn.   Ignoring him, Aristede pours a special blend of the finest Chinese leaves.  "I want no tea!" says Barnabas harshly.  Aristede tastes the tea, complaining, it's gotten a bit cold.  Barnabas asks, how can you sit sipping tea with what's going on with Petofi?  I can do nothing about it, says Aristede.  What IS happening? asks Barnabas.  I'm not isn't privy to all my master's secrets, says Aristede.  I've seen the hand work, seen it change people in an instant, says Barnabas.  The hand knows what it must do, says Aristede.  Barnabas, impatient, says, I'm going in there.  No, says Aristede, you won't, for Jamison's sake--"Just sit down and wait," advises Aristede, "it's all you can do now."  Barnabas sits.  He and Aristede stare at each other.

In the cottage, Quentin, looking out the window, hears Jamison moaning and immediately goes to him.  "Help me!" Jamison begs him.  How? asks Q.  The hand--why doesn't it move from my chest?  There's nothing on your chest, says Quentin.  Why is it still there, why is it where Aristede placed it? asks Jamison.  You must come to your senses, urges Quentin.  "Oh, hand, hand that was once mine, help me!" implores Jamison--"Before it is too late!"--has it lost its power?  Lie back and be quiet, says Quentin.  "Why doesn't it do as I say?" asks Jamison--why?  He lies back.

Aristede plays cards.  It's been an hour since you went into the room, says Barnabas.  I don't know how long it's supposed to take, says Aristede.  "Petofi has died, I know it," laments Barnabas.  "And if he has, Jamison has, too, and my mission here..."  Aristede asks exactly what that mission is--tell me about it, perhaps it will make the time go.  Never, says Barnabas.   Perhaps you'll change your mind, says Aristede.  One of us should go check on Petofi, insists Barnabas.  I have my orders, says Aristede--if you're so concerned, why don't you go to Jamison?

Quentin checks Jamison--almost no pulse at all--he's dying!--God, don't let them die; don't let that happen, please, he begs.

Aristede deals another hand.  Barnabas tries to go into the other room--one of us must! he cries!  I'll use force, if necessary, threatens Aristede--get away from the door.  "We haven't heard anything in over an hour," Barnabas says--"There is some plan here, have you given that hand to Petofi and he's disappeared, because if he has, I will kill you!"  Don't be so suspicious, cautions Aeistede.  "You have made me that way, says Barnabas--I am going in there."  No! says Aristede, grabbing him.  Barnabas pushes him down onto the sofa.  They both hear the cackling, triumphant laughter of Count Petofi.
"IT IS MINE!  It is mine again!" he cries, holding up the hand, which has been restored to his wrist!

NOTES:  What now?  Wasn't it funny, watching Aristede and Barnabas sitting there, waiting, waiting, Barnabas always wanting to check, Aristede ordering him not to?

Quentin's feelings for Jamison surely come through here--he loves the boy, even if he has used him wrongly in certain black arts rituals.  His tenderness showed how very much he could have loved his own son, if given the chance.

How hard it must be for Barnabas and Quentin to give the hand back to Petofi--he could very well flee and leave Quentin a werewolf, and could, if he wanted, kill Jamison, endangering the Collins family of the future (no Liz or Roger if there's no Jamison).

Convoluted, but so much fun to watch!

Love, Robin

217
811- Although he doesn't know it yet, Quentin's attempt to save his baby girl will determine whether or not Chris Jennings' family will survive in the future.

Thunder rolls as Quentin and Magda stand rooted to the spot, staring at Jenny's ghost.

Magda is thrilled to see her sister.  Quentin starts to move toward her, but Magda stops him, asking Jenny, "Have you come to save the child?"  I will save you, Jenny promises her darling daughter--or take you with me.  You can't allow Lenore to die, Quentin tells his former wife.  Jenny tells the child, "They are willing to let you die, just as they let me die."  She's your child, Quentin reminds her.  Jenny lifts Aristede's medallion--why did they allow that evil thing to be placed on my daughter?  We were desperate, Quentin says defensively.  We didn't know what to do, adds Magda--you must save the baby, Jenny.  Jenny lifts the child from the cradle and sings to it, the same song she used to sing in her mad days, promising her daughter "all the pretty little horses."  She hugs the baby--when you wake, she says, you will be healthy and well, and stay that way--I will see to it.  Quentin gratefully thanks Jenny, who gets a faraway look on her face.  I'm sorry for what happened between us, says Quentin--all would be different if done over again.  No, says Jenny, returning the baby to the cradle, not for me--but different for her--there's one way to prove your love, says Jenny, to keep her safe.
What is it? Quentin demands.  Keep her safer than you did me and my son were, instructs Jenny--there IS a way--look into your heart and you will know.  Jenny fades away.  "Look into my heart," repeats Quentin, staring into the cradle at his daughter--she's sleeping peacefully, as if nothing had ever happened--I know what Jenny wants me to do! exults Quentin, smiling.

Trask goes to see Edward in the tower room and asks, do you know who you are?  Of course, Mr. Trask!--why shouldn't I know? asks Edward in the clipped tones of the "gentleman's gentleman."--you've been here twice before, and each time well spoken and decent, much nicer than the other gentleman--Quentin--who has visited me--I'm good at names, sometimes the Earl was amazed that I would know 200 people at the party, who they were married to and all pertinent information.  Edward fixes the bed as he speaks.  You're a treasure, says Trask.  I do know my job, says Edward, which is why I'm so heartsick at being locked in here--I don't understand it, I want to get out, must get out!  I would if I could, says Trask, but I can't--may I confide in you?  His Lordship always did, says Edward.  Just as there are people preventing you from taking your rightful place, says Trask, there are those doing the same to me.  How dreadful! remarks Edward.  I must deal with these people before I can become master of Collinwood, says Trask, and you can help me--here, sign this paper--it will help us get rid of our enemies.  Good, says Edward, and starts to read it.  Don't read it, insists Trask.  I must, says Edward--and it's good I am, because it contains a serious error--it says you are to be my son's legal guardian, which is impossible--I have no son.  Just sign it, orders Trask--the facts make no difference, and if you sign it, you will gain your freedom.  A son is an investment in the future, says Edward, so the poet says.  The paper will help us fight our mutual enemies says Trask.  Edward hands the paper back to him, very politely, and says, we will have to find another way.  Yes, agrees Trask, we will.  Not to worry, says Edward, straightening his coat--often the Earl would get confused, but I'd set him straight, just as I did you--I never told anyone, of course.  Beaten, Trask looks annoyed.  Edward smiles at him.

Trask is heading upstairs when Magda and Quentin exit the drawing room. The latter tells Trask, I want the nursery opened.  Why? asks Trask.  That's where my daughter will stay, says Quentin.  "Your gypsy offspring," says Trask, infuriating Magda.  Don't speak that way, she orders.  This is my house, Trask tells her--the door is there.  I don't like it, either, says Quentin.  The door is in the same place for you, says Trask.  You would like that, says Q--would like to get rid of all of us--but you can't--the terms of Grandmother's will give me that right, you can do nothing about it.  That's true, admits Trask, but your daughter won't stay--the terms of the will give you a home, but says nothing about your children.  You can't keep her out, rages Quentin.  Legally, says Trask, I am the master of Collinwood.  Quentin grabs his lapels and says, "Well I don't care--she's my daughter and she belongs here--she is a Collins!"  Magda watches, tight lipped. Trask tells Q, you used the wrong argument to try to persuade me--I have burden enough with the Collins already here, one more is one too many.  What is the RIGHT number of Collinses for you at Collinwood? asks Quentin sarcastically.  I'm only trying to help this poor, unfortunate family, says Trask.  We don't want your help, says Q, and we haven't dwindled away yet!--there's still enough of us left to defeat you.  Defeat me, defeat yourself, says Trask.  Quentin smiles--do you really think I'm so stupid I don't know what you're doing?  Misguided, wicked, sinful and wild, says Trask, but not stupid.  Quentin thanks him--I'm going to see Edward, my brother, he says.  Cain and Abel were brothers, too, says Trask.  I know Edward and I haven't acted much like brothers before, but I bet even Cain and Abel would have behaved better toward each other with a common enemy to fight.  Laughing, Quentin runs upstairs.  I saw Judith at the sanitarium, Trask tells Magda--she thinks she's a child again, but misses her brothers--soon, Edward will be there to keep her company, says Trask, smiling.

Quentin finds Edward brushing down his jacket when he gets to the tower room.  We must get Trask out of the house, says Q--do you understand?  I do, replies Edward--you find living with Mr. Trask inconvenient?   It's not me, it's all of us, says Quentin--Trask is bent on destroying Judith, me and you--and your son!  Puzzled, Edward says, everyone is making the same mistake-- Trask asked me to sign a paper making him my son's legal guardian--I didn't sign it--I have no son.  "Listen to me!" begs Quentin desperately.  I'm listening, says Edward.  It will take every bit of guile, cunning and sanity to defeat Trask, do you realize that? asks Q.  Edward looks at him, confused.  Quentin realizes his brother doesn't "get" anything.  Edward looks very proper and wounded at this.

Trask enters the tower room.  Edward is in bed.  Trask shakes him, asks, were you sleeping?   No, I wasn't able to sleep, says Edward, he upset him too much.  Quentin? asks Trask--what did he say to you?  A lot of nonsense, says Edward, and then got angry at me when I didn't Understand--I understood him, all right, better than he realized--Edward sits up--I've known gentlemen like that before, they think it's great sport to torment a man who wants nothing more than to serve them--they have all sorts of ways, sometimes they say a hat or coat is missing and demand you find it--when they are the one who has hidden it--all the while, they are laughing cruelly--what he did was the cruelest thing possible--he told me he'd come here to let me out, let me out, mind you, then changed his mind, said he couldn't let me out because I didn't understand this nonsense he was spouting--why am I here?--wow long must I stay?  You must stay as long as Quentin says you must, says Trask.  (you SOB!)  And how long will that be? demands Edward.  It depends on how well you do your his job, replies Trask--I'm going to take a great chance and give you a job to do--I hope you can do it.  I always try my best, Edward assures him.  "I want you to kill Quentin," says Trask.
Edward is shocked.  You don't realize the gravity of your situation, says Trask--Quentin is never going to release you, never!  This lie infuriates Edward.

Quentin sits listening to his music, a drink at hand, butts in the ashtray.  He's sleeping on the sofa in the drawing room.  The bottle is mostly empty.  Quentin dreams.  He hears Jenny singing her lullaby to the baby.  He rises from the sofa and goes to her.  Jenny looks very pretty.  She finishes her song and tells Quentin--she's sleeping peacefully now.  She's as beautiful as her mother, says Quentin.  Jenny grins, agrees, yes, she is.  He joins her.  I'm sorry for you, says Jenny, having to give her up.  I'm going to take her back to Collinwood, he protests.  After she was born, relates, Jenny, they took her away from me--I was mad, but I knew they were taking her away-- knew she must not stay at Collinwood.  She belongs here, says Quentin.  No, says Jenny, there will be no happiness for anyone at Collinwood, there never has been--there can be none for her.  Nothing will happen to her, promises Quentin.  A child can't be shut in behind such high walls, insists Jenny.  "She's my daughter," protests Quentin--"I love her."  Prove your love, demands Jenny--give her up.  I can't, he says.  Jenny chastises him--you lied to me so many times, now you're lying to me again.  I never lied to you, he says.  "You said you'd do anything, anything to keep her safe," Jenny reminds him.  And I will, he promises.
Only one way to keep her safe--give her up, let her go, advises Jenny--do not lock her behind prison walls, gypsies die in prison, let her go!  Quentin begs Jenny, don't leave her alone.  Jenny's parting shot to him is, "Leave HER alone!  Give her up.  Prove your love and give her up!"  Jenny disappears.  Quentin calls to her--I don't know what to do!  Edward appears and says, one must always do the right thing--it takes the right person to do the right things, says Edward--when the wrong person does the right thing, it's wrong.  He helps Quentin on with his suit jacket, asking, do you follow me?  Something is the matter, says Edward--it's almost dinnertime and you aren't dressed.  I only care about my daughter, says Quentin.  She isn't the right kind of daughter, says Edward--don't waste time thinking of her, not when it's so late, almost dinnertime. . . handsome, he praises Quentin; I've taken the liberty of choosing your tie, which I thought a long time about.  He loops the tie around Quentin's neck--I wanted you to look just right, says Edward.  The tie is too tight, complains Quentin.  No, says Edward, I'm doing the job just right.  And Quentin, choking, gasps for breath!

Quentin awakens on the sofa to find Edward REALLY choking him, throttling hands encircling his throat.
Quentin fights for air.

NOTES:  How sad, to realize that your own child is better off away from you, away from the place you've called home.  Jenny is right in the dream, however, who has ever been happy at Collinwood, past or present?  Giving up Lenore will truly be a sacrifice--assuming Quentin lives to make it.  Will he have the strength to do the right thing?  How touching that Jenny returns, not mad in the afterlife, to save her daughter and give Quentin the best possible parenting tip.  Superb performances all around, especially Selby and Edmonds.  Wallace and Lacy were no slouches, either.  The look of anguished dismay on Edward's face when Quentin realizes he can't help him thwart Trask is both amusing and touching.

Quentin was pretty rough with Charity in that earlier ep, but it was necessary, to preserve his life. Barnabas was equally protective of his secret and threatened to kill anyone who either learned it or seemed close.  It must have just about killed her to have to see that confession and know she had to make a deal which, to her, seemed a deal with Satan himself.  Poor Charity!  She sure is learning her truths in rapid succession, isn't she?

As for Trask, he just gets worse and worse, although Edward thwarted even him when he refused to simple sign the paper.  Well-written eps all around, very well acted--but I miss Barnabas!


812 - Quentin moans, twisting his head back and forth on the sofa, then finds Edward strangling him--and apologizing for doing so!--I must make sure you never treat me that way again! cries Edward

Quentin begs his brother, let me go!  No, insists Edward, you'll only put me away again.  "You're mad!" cries Quentin as Edward continues to choke him.  "Goodbye, Mr. Quentin!" cries Edward. Nora enters and screams, forcing Edward to release Quentin.  "Father please don't hurt him!" begs the little girl.  Why are you calling me your father? Asks Edward.  Because you are, she says, upset.  I have no children, no family, he says.  Trask enters, demanding to know what's going on.  They were fighting, says Nora.  Trask orders her up to her room--I will handle this.  No, says Q, I'll speak to Nora, you are to "take care" of Edward.  Come along, Trask tells Edward.  "Certainly sir," says the latter.  Left alone with Nora, Quentin rubs his throat.  Out in the foyer, Trask tells Edward, I really made a mess of things--why did I do it in the drawing room; I'm lucky it was only the child.  Ashamed, Edward asks why she insisted on calling him her father.  I don't know, says Trask--you must go back to the tower room.  But I don't want to, bleats Edward, I have to do my job.  One of your responsibilities is complete obedience, Trask reminds him, to the master of the house, so you will stay in the tower room until I give you another chance.  Edward agrees, and goes upstairs, head bowed in shame.

Why was Father trying to hurt you? Nora asks Uncle Quentin.  He didn't know what he was doing, says Q, but it's difficult to explain.  But I want to know, says Nora--Father scared me, the way he was behaving.  Q asks Nora, did you ever read a story in which a person had a magic spell put on him?  Yes, she says.  In a way, that's what's happened to your father, he says--he'll be all right in a few days, when the spell ends.  What if it doesn't? asks Nora.  I'll make sure it does, says Q, kissing her cheek before sending her off to bed--everything will be all right--leave it to me.  She goes off to bed, feeling better. Quentin tells himself there's only one way to end this madness--I have to find Tim Shaw and the hand.  He looks into the fireplace.

Collinsport Inn - We see suitcases piled on the floor.  In walks a very elegantly dressed Tim Shaw.  He opens the box containing the hand, which sits on top, and takes it out.  The phone rings.  He answers--have her wait five minutes, he says, then send her up.  He opens the box, takes out the hand and smiles, then drops it into a box and wraps it with cloth, tying it up with string.

Having neatly tied up the hand to look like a present, Tim answers a knock at the door.  A pretty woman, dressed to the nines, asks petulantly, why was I forced to wait five minutes in the lobby before coming up?  You can ask anything you like, he says--I was busy doing something.  You have more secrets than any man I've ever known, she mock-complains.  He kisses her; she smiles at him.  Do you say that as a comment on me or a boast about yourself? he inquires.  (Ah, has she known many men?)  She chuckles.  Just a fact, she says.  But you have known many, many men, he says.  Don't forget our agreement, she says--the past, beyond two weeks ago, is a closed book, no questions asked--what about now?--how long will we be in this dreary town?
If you're bored by our little game, he says, you can return to New York--there's a train leaving in an hour, he says.  "All right, I'll stay," she says.  Don't sound so sad, he says, the last two weeks have been very profitable, haven't they (does he pay her for services rendered?)--new, expensive clothes, fur, jewelry, that's what you wanted, right?  He provocatively touches her chin.  Yes, she agrees.  It's not as if your services are coming to me cheaply, he says, you're being paid quite well.  I know, she says.  And I think you will be worth every single penny of it, he says.  What are you planning to do to this man? she asks--I'm not being curious, just concerned about you.  Oh, he says, we wouldn't want to lose the meal ticket, would we?  Have you always been that cynical? She asks.  Cynical isn't the word, says Tim, I think the more appropriate word would be practical--we have a very practical relationship, and I want to keep it that way.  He kisses her---you know what you must do?  Yes, she says.  One more thing, adds Tim, hide this (he hands her the box), in your room.  What's in it? she asks.  He won't answer.  I'll hide it in my room, she agrees.  Come back ASAP, says Tim, I'll be waiting for you.  I will see you in about two hours, she says.  After she leaves, Tim says, "Well, well, Reverend Trask, I shall be meeting you on the back road to salvation."

Trask closes the double doors at Collinwood and surveys the woman we saw in Tim's room.  "Now then, Miss Harris," he says, what's this all about?"  Wringing a handkerchief in her hands, she begs, forgive me for disturbing you so late at night, but if I hadn't come to see me, I'd have killed myself.  He helps her to sit down in the love seat.  What's wrong? He asks.  I arrived in Collinsport from New York yesterday, she says.  Do you have relatives? He asks.  I'm alone in the world, she says--I was running from a man I could never resist--I learned in the village that you have a reputation as a good, devout person.  I've learned that faith can be the answer to most human miseries, says Trask.  I've done so many things I'm ashamed of, she says.  "My dear young lady..." begins Trask.  I don't deserve to be called a lady, she assures him, not the way I've lived.  (Do I hear a rustling down in Trask's drawers?)   No sinner is completely beyond salvation, says Trask, faith produces miracles--I know it--is the man you're running form your husband?  I don't consider myself fit to be married, she says.  Don't be so harsh on yourself, he counsels--who is the man?  His name wouldn't mean anything to you, she says, but he was cruel, degrading, a man who controls people, very strong, not just  physically, but mentally, it's easy for him to impose his will on others--I couldn't bear it any longer and ran away from him, but now I fear he'll come after me.  Does he know where you are? asks Trask.  He has unbelievable ways of dining things out, says Miss Harris--there's something so unnatural about him.  This man sounds like a disciple of the devil, says Trask.  I think so, too, says Miss Harris, beginning to sob--I wish I knew what to do!--I can't keep running all my life!  She begins to cry.  You won't have yo, he assures her.  You mean you can help me? she asks.  If you are willing to help yourself, he says sagely.  Oh, Reverend Trask, I'm ready, she says--I'll do anything he asks of her.
Trask gets a horny gleam in his eye--it will not be easy, of course, he cautions--I intend to give you "private" instruction, which will take time.  My time is all yours, says Miss Harris.  He wastes no time putting his hand on her shoulder--we can begin now, he says, by praying.  He pushes her to her knees and kneels beside her.  Both pray.

Quentin walks in on this prayer session and asks Trask to introduce him.  Trask does so.  Quentin smiles at the pretty young woman.  Our first period of instruction will begin tomorrow, says Trask, where are you staying?  At the Collinsport Inn, she says.  You will hear from me, says Trask, and leads Miss Harris to the door.  I'm so grateful to you, she says, and bids Quentin good night.  Chuckling, Quentin says, I never knew your business kept you up so late, but of course when business is as attractive as she is--but I'm sure that wasn't even a consideration, since you're just a humble soul saver.
I see no reason to discuss this with you, says Trask--excuse me.  "You mean I'm going to have to find out about the young lady all by myself?" asks Quentin.  (Poor Beth--and what of fiancee Angelique?)  "Good night, Quentin," says Trask, going upstairs.  Quentin looks quite somber as he leaves the house.

Tim, back at the Inn, claps his hands together, delighted.  Splendid, he declares.  He IS despicable, says Miss Harris.  But his very days are numbered, predicts Tim.  She puts her arms around him, suggesting, now that my "night work" is over, why don't we go out?  No, he says, we dare not, we can't be seen on the streets together.  She becomes angry--I don't mind leading Trask on or having to endure this whistle stop town, but if you think I'm going to spend my time alone in my room, perhaps I WILL go back to New York!  All right, says Tim, I just have to be very careful--we can go for a walk by the docks, but can't stay long.  They leave the room.

Quentin enters the lobby of the Collinsport Inn.  There is no desk clerk (cheap Dan Curtis).  Quentin hears someone coming and hides.  Tim, wearing a top hat, leaves with Amanda.  Quentin spots them.  Hmmmm.

Quentin goes through Tim's trunks, tossing his clothing all over the room (how did he get in?)

Tim and Amanda return to the lobby.  I'm not sure I can make it upstairs, she says sarcastically, I'm weak from all the excitement on the Collinsport docks--where are we going tomorrow night, the local cemetery? (hey this is DS, why the hell not?)  Quentin surveys the mess he made.  Overhearing Tim say, I'm sorry you're bored, but once my plan is accomplished, we'll have more money than we know what to do with.  Quentin hastily hides behind the drapes.  Tim and Amanda enter and survey the mess.  Go to your room, Tim orders her--make sure the box is all right.  He checks his cash stash, which appears intact.  She brings Tim the box--undisturbed.  Obviously they didn't have time to get to your room, he states.  What's in the box? She asks.  Never mind, we shouldn't have gone out, he barks back--someone saw us, someone who wants what I have, they will be back again, but they'll be disappointed, because they won't find me.  Give me your locket, he demands rudely.  It's mine, objects Amanda.  Tomorrow, I'll give you diamonds, Tim says angrily.  He takes the locket.  Where are you going? she whines.  The contents of that box contain our security for the rest of our lives, says Tim--if we want--without it, nothing--I'm going to see it's put in a safe place.  Miss Harris tosses a box to the floor and leans on the desk, annoyed.

Nora goes to bed with her Raggedy Ann doll.  Tim Shaw knocks at her door (how did he get into Collinwood?)  The child is delighted to see him.  He has the box with him.  Be quiet, he whispers--don't wake anyone--I'm back, but I'm not sure I will stay--I saw Charity downstairs, who told me it was way past your bedtime, but I came up without permission to see you.  I'm glad, she says.  We're still very good friends, right? he asks.  Yes, she says, you saved my life and I'll never forget that.  (Remember the fire at the school.)  I was in NY, says Tim, and while there, I bought this (he takes out the necklace)--it's for you, he says, from me, something to remember me by.  You've always been so nice to me--thank you, gushes Nora.  Will you do me a favor? He asks, and shows her the box.  I thought it might be a gift for Jamison, she says.  How is Jamison? asks Tim.  He's not feeling very well, she says.  I'm sorry about that, says Tim--will you hide the box in your room?--I can't tell you why, but I have very good reasons.  Sure, she says--is that all you want?
Yes--it must be kept a secret, cautions Tim--no one must know I was up here or that you're taking care of the box for me.  She crosses her heart to promise.  If you keep it safe, he says, I can always come to see you and get it--it's late, he says, kissing her cheek--good to see you.  Smiling, she bids him good night, takes the box and puts it on the floor of her armoire.  She is about to go back to bed when she thinks hard, then opens the armoire, takes out the box and begins to open...

NOTES (and possible spoilers):  This is the introduction of a character some refer to as "Amanda F(**king) Harris."  She is despised by many, and for different reasons.  As far as many DS fans are concerned, the only woman for Quentin is the ever-vigilant, always-loving Beth Chavez.  That Quentin falls head over heels in love with Amanda, and pretty much at first sight, is simply unacceptable, tantamount to Barnabas' falling in love with the sleeping beauty, Roxanne, instead of turning to his faithful and adoring Julia.  Never mind that Quentin has pledged himself to Angelique, she is completely by-the-way, especially to Quentin!  This situation will come to a very explosive head, resulting in one of DS; darkest tragedies.

Will Nora open the box and find the hand?  Will it harm her or help her?  Again, I wonder how Tim managed to control the hand and become quite the man-about-town.

Doncha love the lusty light in Trask's eyes as he looks over his latest lamb?   I bet he was picturing her naked from the second she came to see him.  What form is Tim's revenge taking, and however did he learn to use the hand to his own advantage?  He's rich, expensively-dressed, and apparently paying Amanda well to take his revenge on Trask.  How will using Amanda this way bring about the results he wants?  We shall see.

Love, Robin

218
Robservations / Robservations 2/13/03 - #809-810 - A Mother Comes to Help
« on: February 12, 2003, 11:37:39 PM »
809 - Due to circumstances beyond my control, I was unable to provide you with the detailed synopsis that you've come to expect from Robservations. The explanation is long and I feel like a total fool, but promise all will be back to normal by tomorrow.

Since I had no tape to work from, I ended up having to turn to an ancient loose-leaf book in which, 32 years ago, I wrote a daily journal of the happenings on DARK SHADOWS. This one is dated July 31, 1968, which means I was 14 years old when I began keeping it--so if the language is less sophisticated than you're used to, my apologies. I figure it's better than nothing, or at least I hope so.

Quentin comes back to consciousness and drops his head in his arms in despair when he sees what he's done to the woman lying nearby, and realizes that Charity has guessed the truth about him. Through clenched teeth, he warns her, "If you tell anyone my connection with this, I'll kill you!"
He assures her, I will take care of this woman. Terrified, Charity races away. Suddenly, Jamison appears and suggests, "Perhaps we can use this unfortunate occurrence to our advantage."

Charity returns to Collinwood to be told by her father that the Trasks have been sent to save the Collins family; thus, you must marry Quentin by the end of the week. She cries, "No! I won't! I won't ever marry Quentin Collins
--y-you don't know him!" Jamison bursts in and tells Trask he found a woman dying in the woods. Although Trask is skeptical, Charity reminds her father about Dorcas and the beast in the woods, and he is convinced. After Trask leaves, Jamison joins Quentin in the drawing room and sarcastically says, "Uncle Quentin, let's play treasure. Find the important paper--you'll need it soon
--here are some clues: Twice burned, once torn, but still intact and fear is born--the secret of the Reverend Trask reveals a face behind the mask--he's hidden it for none to see, but the paper's where IT wants to be." Quentin searches through the desk and, finding the confession, smirks and says, "So, they made Tim Shaw murder Mrs. Trask..." Trask enters, carrying the dead girl. Quentin slips the paper into his coat pocket. Call a doctor and the police, orders Trask. While Trask and Charity are sitting by the girl, she comes to and asks for Quentin. Before Charity brings him upstairs to see the woman, Quentin explains that Tessie is just a casual friend of his (although not in Charity's dream!)

When Trask questions him, Quentin tells Trask he knows Tessie, a New Bedford girl, only as a frequent patron of the Blue Whale. He also admits he'd forgotten to call the police, as Trask had ordered him to do. When Trask leaves to do so, Tessie wakes up and sees Quentin. When he tries to go to her, she shrinks away and gasps in fright. Plasae don't look at me like that, he begs.
She cries out and lies still.

Drawing room - Quentin stops Charity from calling the police and reveals that the girl has died. Pounding on his chest, Charity cries, "You killed her! I'm going to tell father everything--EVERYTHING!"

NOTES: Sorry again for the lack of detail, my friends. I couldn't find my homemade tape that followed the last one, and have no idea where it disappeared to, so beginning tomorrow, I'll have to tape the episodes daily and use those to write Robservations until I reach the next tape I recorded from the Sci Fi channel. Oh, yes, and I must remember that the channel for Sci Fi has changed here, and tape the correct one.

Lots to come over the next several days, gang, and before long, a visitor from the future makes a visit to the past. I don't want to spoil anything, but she has red hair...


810 - Charity is on the phone, calling the police, but when she actually reaches them, Quentin slips out of the secret panel, takes the phone from her, and hangs it up. Why call them? he asks. My father told me to, she says. You're going to tell them nothing now, says Q, she's dead. Charity grows hysterical, accusing him of killing her. She begins to bang on his chest, threatening to tell her father everything. Quentin prevents her from leaving and locks the double doors, turning with his back against them. Why, Charity? he asks, are you afraid to be locked in with a beast, a murderer, a creature of the supernatural? He comes at her; she backs away, terrified.

"Don't you come near me," she pants--I'm not afraid of you. Lying's a sin, says Quentin. Murder is a far worse sin, she counters, and you've murdered!--not only the girl upstairs, but Dorcas, too. You don't have to remind me, says Quentin. "Then why do you go on?" she demands. I can't help myself, confesses Quentin. Then you should be locked away, she wails. "And you're the one that's going to do it," he says.
Father will see that you're turned over to the police, she says. No, says Q, not your father. He comes toward her again. I'll scream! she threatens. I won't hurt you, he promises, and you won't scream--sit down, we're going to talk. When she objects, he pushes her down in the "lover's chair." You've been working hard enough for this moment, he says, and now we're close enough so I can put his arm around you, kiss you (he's caressing her shoulder, but she doesn't look happy about it). "Now you've been wanting that for a long time, haven't you?" he asks (and he's VERY sexy). "How dare you say that?" she squeals. You know the truth now, everything is different, he says--I couldn't help what I did. No excuse, she says, you did it. OK, if there's no excuse for murder when you know what you're doing (and he removes the confession from his pocket to show to her), what excuse is there when a man coldly plots with someone else to murder his wife. Where did you get this? she asks. Never mind, what's important is that I have it, says Q. She rises. It's impossible, she insists--Father burned it and when it reappeared, he tore it up. Quentin remarks, if I had any doubts about the authenticity of this confession, I have none now--so Trask has had his encounter with the truth. Charity insists it isn't true--he didn't sign it knowingly, he was tricked into it by an enemy. Quentin says he'd like to meet the enemy capable of tricking Trask. "I hope you never do," says Charity, "it's Satan!"--Satan is determined to take over Collinwood, and only my father can prevent that. Because FATHER wants Collinwood all for himself! cries Quentin. Father wants only to help you, all of you, says Charity tearfully--please allow my father to help you! How, by letting him cart me off to jail? asks Q. You must give me the confession, insists Charity. No, no, says Q, not a chance. If you don't, you'll be doing the devil's work, she warns him. "Then it's the devil's work I'll do," says Q, if it means keeping you quiet. What do you mean? she asks. You know what I mean, he retorts. "If I tell Father about you. . ." begins Charity. "Then I'll tell the police about Father," says Q, grinning--sweet and simple--I may hang for murder, but your father will be dancing at the end of a rope, too. He's innocent! cries Charity--Tim Shaw murdered my mother, I know it! Try telling it to the police when they have this (he brandishes the confession) in their hands--"Now, Charity, what are we going to do--keep quiet or both tell our stories?" Miserable, Charity says, if I keep quiet, I will be guilty of murder, too--when the next full moon rises, and you become what you are, you'll kill again, won't you? I don't know that I will, he replies. But you don't know you won't, she says, and if there's a poor girl in the woods, or another Dorcas Trilling, I will have helped you murder by keeping quiet. Quentin says, if you talk, your father, Evan Hanley and I myself will die. If you keep quiet, there's a small chance that I might be cured by the time the next full moon rolls around, and this nightmare will be over. I don't know what to do, laments Charity. There will be no more victims, presses Q. I want to go, she says, and pray, for guidance. He lets her out--go pray, he urges--but if you feel "guided" to your father, remember the paper I have in my pocket. She leaves the drawing room.

Aristede admires himself in the mirror, fiddling with his hair. Magda sarcastically asks, did you send for me so there would be two of us to admire you? Be quiet, he orders--tonight, when Barnabas rises from his resting place, you are to do nothing--make sure you are the perfect servant, loyal friend and trusty confidant--he must suspect nothing has changed since he left last night. Of course I will say nothing, says Magda, but Barnabas isn't easy to fool. Use every ounce of your gypsy cunning, he advises, if you want to stay alive. "What will YOU use?" she asks--I've got my gypsy cunning, what do you have to protect you from Barnabas? He holds up the medallion he wears around his neck--this can protect me from "Mr. Barnabas," he says--it's beauty is in it's strength, it can do anything.
All right, we both have something to protect us, I will leave now. One more thing, says Aristede--I want the hand! Tim Shaw has it, she reminds him. Find Tim Shaw, warns Aristede--he hasn't just vanished from the earth. Maybe he's got a different face now, suggests Magda, getting right in Aristede's face--maybe something worse has happened to him, the hand has done more evil by now. If you think you know anything about this hand, you flatter yourself, says Aristede. If you understand it so well, you should go find it, she retorts. Right now, he says, "WE. . .I cannot, that's why I have to rely on PEOPLE like you!" Why? asks Magda. None of your business, he says, you must find the hand before time runs out. Before time runs out for who? she asks--Quentin?--me?--for who? She gasps--you mean when Petofi comes back!--when will that be? Don't ask questions, says Aristede, find Tim Shaw! She leaves the lair.

Quentin answers a frantic knock at the door--it's Mrs. Fillmore. What are you doing here? he asks. You must come, says Mrs. Fillmore, it's Lenore--this morning she was fine, but she developed a high fever, similar to when your little boy fell sick. What did the doctor say? asks Quentin He's with her now, says Mrs. Fillmore.
Go back, says Quentin, I'm going to try and find someone who can help--hurry, he says. She leaves.

In the drawing room, Charity takes a swig of brandy straight out of the snifter. She grimaces at the taste and goes to answer the door. It's Magda. What are you doing here, my father doesn't like you here, says Charity. But I'm here, points out Magda. Charity lets her in. Magda thinks Charity is entertaining someone, but the young woman says I'm quite alone. Magda observes the smell of brandy. Charity claims she was having some brandy filled chocolates, sent to Judith for Christmas. (HOLIDAY MENTION!) Chocolate? questions Magda, looking at her sharply. "Then I had a small glass of brandy," confesses Charity--a very small glass--why do you ask? "I ain't asking, you're telling me," points out Magda. What am I telling you? asks Charity. That a man has made you unhappy, guesses Magda. That's not it, says Charity. Then why would a lady like you open a bottle of brandy? asks Magda. It's being in this house, moans Charity--if only Mama hadn't died, I wouldn't be here--I hate it!--when I was little, I dreamed of the day I'd be married and move into a house like this--now I wish I had never seen Collinwood! Some changes are very strange, says Magda--you wanted to be in a big house and now you don't--you wanted a man, and now he's far away. What man? asks Charity. Tim Shaw, says Magda, you were supposed to marry him. This excites Charity, who asks--could you bring Tim Shaw back here, if I wanted him?--could you find out from the cards? I can try, agrees Magda, but you must answer some questions--does he have a family? No, he was an orphan, says Charity, my parents are the only family he ever had (poor guy). Was there a place he mentioned wanting to visit? Asks Magda. Yes, San Francisco, says Charity--he and Steve Simmons discussed going there--Steve was Tim's best friend, and he's working in a bank in Worcester--I received a Christmas card from him, I'll go get it. She stops, asking Magda, why do you need the address to read the cards? If you want him back, says Magda, go get the address, and leave the gypsy magic to me. If Tim does come back, asks Charity, he'll have to tell the truth, won't he? Magda nods. Charity goes to get the address, meeting Quentin coming downstairs. "How did you hear?" he asks the gypsy. Hear what? asks Magda. "The news about my daughter," says Q. Magda gasps, "She's dead?" She's dying, says Quentin, of the same thing as my boy. (oh, that's so heartbreaking!) It's because she's got gypsy blood, says Magda--because Magda Rakosi loves her--she cannot die, because if she does, Barnabas says the future is dead, too. I don't care about the future, insists Quentin, just my daughter--the doctor is with her now. The doctor can't do anything, says Magda, but maybe there is something...she describes Aristede's powerful, protective medallion--it protects him from Barnabas and Angelique--perhaps it could protect the baby from Julianka! I don't know where Aristede is, says Quentin. I do, says Magda--the old abandoned building at the end of North Road. The pendant may work, it must, says Q. Be careful with Aristede, warns Magda, he's very dangerous. Quentin vows to get it. Magda picks up Charity's glass of brandy and finishes it off.

Quentin finds Aristede asleep at the switch, but the latter immediately awakens and says, "No, Mr. Collins, you can't surprise me, even when I'm sleeping." Give me the pendant, demands Quentin. No way, says Aristede--it protects me from witches, warlocks, and unnatural spirits. How does it do against flesh and blood? asks Q. For that, says Aristede, I have the dancing lady--and he pulls it out. "Then let 'er dance, Aristede, let 'er dance," says Quentin. They grapple, knocking things over. Quentin pushes Aristede against a chair, rendering him unconscious, and pulls the medallion from around his throat. "Pray there's still time," says Quentin, holding the medallion in his hands.

Fillmore home - Magda and Mrs. Fillmore stand vigil over Lenore. Quentin enters--how is she? he asks. No change, says Magda. He anxiously goes to the cradle. The doctor has come and gone, says Mrs. Fillmore--he says there is nothing more he or anyone can do. She observes his disheveled state and asks, are you all right? I am, he says, please go. She leaves the room. Quentin is about to place the medallion on the baby, but Magda stops him--perhaps it will hurt her, maybe it's evil. We have no choice, says Quentin, we must do it no matter what happens. DO it, she says, go on. He places the medallion on the child's chest. Nothing happens.
No change in color or breathing says Quentin. "She will die because of Julianka's curse," moans Magda, "and there's no way of stopping it, if only..." Wait, says Q, I have an idea--if Julianka put on the curse, she might be able to take it off. Summon her again? asks Magda. Do you think you can? he asks. I don't know, she says. Try, urges Quentin. But if she does come, asks Magda, how do we know Julianka won't make the curse even worse? "Magda," says Quentin, "you have nothing to lose--except your life." I would gladly give up my life for this child, if it would do any good, says Magda, but Julianka is so angry because she died before her time." Call her, demands Quentin, we have very little time. She agrees--I will pray nothing gets worse. Magda takes the three-candle candelabra in her hands and calls to Julianka of the Romana tribe, beseeching her to come, not asking for myself, I accept my own punishment, but for this little baby, Lenore, who is too young and tender to walk down death's path alone--let her live Julianka, let her know life! Thunder booms. Quentin demands, what's happening? The cradle begins rocking by itself. "Julianka has come," says Quentin, exultant. We must pray she's come with pity for the child, says Magda. Jenny's spirit appears before them and says, "No, not with pity, Magda!" Quentin and Magda stare at Lenore's beautiful mother.

NOTES: Magda? Who expected THAT? Not I! Will she be able to help her ill daughter and ensure that the Jennings line comes into existence?

Enjoyed Quentin's fight with Aristede--isn't it wonderful to see him caring so much about another person? Learning of his kids might have changed Quentin even sooner, if Judith and Edward hadn't kept them from him.

Love, Robin

219
Robservations / Robservations 2/12/03 - #807-808 - Women in Peril
« on: February 11, 2003, 11:40:32 PM »
807 - Jonathan Frid does the intro, a rarity, and his wonderful, resonant voice washes over my senses.

Charity screams shrilly, covering her mouth, sobbing.  What's the matter? asks Tate.  Look at the portrait, says Charity, voice trembling.  He does.  When she looks again, she says, I don't understand.  (The portrait looks like Quentin again, not the wolf.)  I was admiring the painting, explains Charity--I saw the face begin to change--Quentin's face turned into that of an animal, a wolf, I think.  Tate, thinking her crazy, offers her a drink.  You don't believe me, says Charity.  You THOUGHT you saw something, he says.  I KNOW I did! she cries.  That is a canvas, says Tate--there's an image on it, that of a man, and the only way it can change is if I do it with my brush and oils.  He hands her a drink.  I know you think me crazy, says Charity.  A wolf howls.  Charity looks suddenly terrified.  Tate hears it, too.  No, I don't think you're crazy, he says, I think you've been the victim of the power of suggestion--you heard the howling of that animal and thought you saw the portrait change.  She objects--I didn't hear the howling before I saw the portrait change!  Tears are running down her face, and Tate is holding her.  I know you had a bad scare, he says, and I'm trying to find a way to ease your mind (he touches her shoulder).  Perhaps I did imagine it, she says, but it seemed so real.  I'm sorry I left you alone in the room, he says.  I'm sorry for my behavior, says Charity--it isn't a pleasant way for us to become acquainted.  She puts on her shawl.  You needn't apologize, he assures her.  I'll leave, says Charity--I'm sure you have plans for the evening.  He insists on escorting her back to Collinwood.  She accepts, grateful for this thoughtfulness.  They leave.

Jamison looks around outside his cell.  He sits on the bed, blowing out his cheeks, looks at the red candle, then smiles.  He calls for Magda.  What do you want? she asks.  I needs some matches, he says--I want to light another candle.  You can light one candle from the one that is burning, points out Magda.  Oh, how stupid of me, he says.  He does as she suggested.  She starts to leave.  I don't stay here, she says. Why not? he asks--are you troubled by what I said earlier?  No, she says.  Then stay and talk to me, he says.  We have nothing to talk about, says Magda.  You're a heartless creature, he accuses.  I'M heartless? she demands.    Well I'M only a little child, afraid of being in here alone, he says forlornly.  I wish you were a little child again, she retorts.  Magda, he asks, do I detect some warmth in your voice?--perhaps you aren't that heartless--perhaps we even have something in common.  He takes the two candles in his gloved hands and says, excitedly, "A fascination with fire?  Is that true, Magda?"  She turns away.  He asks her why.  Look into the fire, he commands.  "Count Petofi, I ain't stupid," she says, keeping her back turned--"You won't trick me!"  And she walks away.  "Oh, but Magda, I'm sorry," says Jamison, "because you're wrong--I'm going to get out of this cell, and you're gonna help me."

Aristede sits in Petofi's lair, reading a book.  We can't see who it is at first, but Charles Tate comes downstairs.  You shouldn't have come here, says Aristede--has something gone wrong?  Whatever Count Petofi is involved in, things go wrong, says Tate, especially for me.  You learned that a long time ago, says Aristede, why so upset now?  Tate asks, is there a werewolf loose somewhere around?  Why do you want to know? asks Aristede.
Tate explains, I'm doing a portrait in my studio--a young girl saw the portrait and noticed the face changed--I want no part of this--I don't even know why Petofi brought me here.  "Yours is not to reason why, yours is but to do or die!" chants Aristede--"When your time comes!"  At least tell me what I'm doing here, says Tate.  A portrait of Quentin Collins, replies Aristede.  I know that much, says Tate, I don't know why, what the point is.  At times, says Aristede, you're a very ungrateful sort.  Tate is annoyed--grateful? He asks.  What were you? demands Aristede, before you had the great fortune to meet Count Petofi?--a miserable, struggling artist, without money, connections or very much talent--your future was a bit bleak, but now, you have all the money you want, travel in the highest social circles, you're in great demand--why?--because you have a great gift, given to you by Petofi.  Yes, agrees Tate, but I've paid dearly for that gift.  You haven't paid the price yet, asserts Aristede.  I've paid prices you can't even imagine, says Tate.  Whatever emotional suffering you've endured, says Aristede, is of absolutely no consequence--the only thing that matters is your soul!  Tate chuckles over that.  Believe me, says Aristede, you won't even miss it--how could you when you're gone?  When am I going to be able to speak to Petofi himself? asks Tate.  You spoke to him when you came to Collinwood the previous night, says Aristede.  No, I spoke to a kid, corrects Tate.  Aristede shouts, "A child possessed!"  I know that, says Tate, but how long will Petofi keep up this possession?--when can I speak to him?  What good would it do you now? demands Aristede--you entered into a contract with him, and can't worm your way out of it now.  Tate accuses him of evading his question.  I'm only telling you the facts, says Aristede.  There's something you're keeping from me, accuses Tate--when can I speak to Petofi himself?  I don't know, says Aristede--perhaps tomorrow, perhaps next week.  Aristede smiles and adds, "Perhaps never!"  Tate asks, what are you saying?  You know how he gets when he possesses someone, Aristede reminds him--he goes into a state of suspended animation--he's done it often before, but this could be the last time.  Why? asks Tate.  When the hand was taken from him in 1797, he was given exactly 100 years to get it back, says Aristede, and if he did, he'd live forever.  And if he didn't? asks Tate.  He dies, replies Aristede--he only has a few weeks, and he's come so close so many times--he can't fail this time!  Tate, smug, delighted, says, I hope he does fail, he's lived too long already, he's the embodiment of evil and thrives off the pain and sorrow of others, and I hope he dies a violent, violent death.  Your sentiments come as no surprise to me, says Aristede, and can't even rouse me to anger, because I know something you don't--when Count Petofi's time is up, yours is up as well--think about that, advises Aristede, and maybe you'll pray for him to succeed--goodnight.  I might surprise you, says Tate.  "I said GOOD NIGHT, Charles!" repeats Aristede, needing to have the last word.  He watches Tate go upstairs, shaking his head.

Jamison gazes at the two candles.  "Let my voice be carried by the wind," he says, "through the forest, the one who's waited to hear its sound, hear me oh, Aristede, hear my voice and obey my command.  Hear me, Aristede, you must!"  Magda listens.  Aristede, smoking a cheroot, lying down, sits up and listens, his face twisted with concern.  He drops the cigar on the floor and looks upstairs, hesitant.  He sits back down on the sofa, ill at ease, then hears Jamison's voice calling him, loud and clear.  Yes, says Aristede, standing, yes, Excellency, I can hear your voice--tell me where you are and I will come to you."

Barnabas looks out the window at the Old House.  Magda joins him and reveals that Jamison, in a trance, has summoned Aristede.  Don't be upset, says Barnabas, what Petofi is doing now may be just what we want!  What do you mean? asks Magda.  If we are lucky, says Barnabas, Aristede will come and try to take the boy from us, but we will be waiting for him, and will lock him up with Jamison when he comes.  What good would it do? asks Magda.  It will force Petofi himself out into the open, says Barnabas--with no one to help him, he'll have to come here.  That makes sense, agrees Magda, but I don't like it!  You need all the courage you can muster for this task, says Barnabas.
I will, asks Magda, what does that mean--what about you?  Look at the clock he says, it will be dawn within the hour, and I can't stay with you.  Aristede is dangerous, she reminds him.  Yes, says Barn, but you will have adequate protection.  He hands her a gun. (Obviously forgetting the last time he gave one of the ladies a gun.)--Aristede has no supernatural powers, he's as human as you--when he comes, there will be no problem, and if it becomes necessary, you must kill him--keep him in the house, no matter what happens--it's the only way to get Petofi to come here, and only by confronting him will we be able to free Jamison.  "Don't fail, Magda," says Barnabas, "his life will depend on it."  I will do my best, she vows.  He takes cloak and cane and leaves.  She looks out the window, holding the gun in her hand, and hears Jamison calling urgently for help.  She runs down into the basement.

Magda finds Jamison asking, is anyone out there?--can anyone hear me?  She looks into the cell.  Magda, he cries, how did you know I was here?--what am I doing here?--why am I being punished?--I don't like being locked up in here, he says plaintively--I didn't do anything wrong!  He sees the gun and, backing away, asks, what are you going to do with me?  I'm not going to hurt you, Magda assures him.  He sits down on the bed and says, I think you are--I thought it was a bad dream, but now I know it isn't.  He covers his face with his hands and sobs, "I want to go back to Collinwood, see my father, Aunt Judith and Quentin!"--I'm sorry for doing something wrong, I promise I won't do it again.  "Poor child! croons Magda--the spirit is lifted and you are frightened and confused!"  She retrieves the key and unlocks the cell, then puts down the gun and kneels, holding him, telling him, don't be afraid--everything will be all right, come into my arms, yes, yes, you will stop crying and I will tell you what happened and you will understand everything."  She brushes a tear from his face, asking, are you still afraid?  He lifts his head, which he had burrowed into her shoulder, and gives her a kiss.  She looks at him.  He says, "No, Magda, I'm not afraid anymore."  She realizes she's been tricked.  Very practical device, he says--and I'm sure an award-winning performance, wouldn't you say?  What did you do to me? she asks fearfully.    You should be feeling the effects now, he says.  What did you do? she asks.  Kissed you on the cheek, he says.  I feel different, she says.  You should feel VERY different, he promises.  She sits down, caressing the cheek he kissed.  Aristede enters the cell.  "You're a little bit late," says Jamison, chuckling, but I have the situation firmly under control--Magda and Barnabas kept me prisoner.  Aristede wants to dispose of Magda, who sits on the bed, staring straight ahead, right now.  No, orders Jamison--don't be so crude, he cautions, we need her--she can be trusted now--she's seen the light--fascinating what a little kiss will do, isn't it? asks Jamison.  Oh, I see, says Aristede, patting Magda's head, "Our gypsy friend is about to have her moment of truth."  "I warned you that your time would come, Magda," says Jamison--  "It's coming now, you should see the horrible true self."  Vacantly, Magda says, "I don't want to."  "But you do," says Jamison, "and you're going to tell me all about it--I'm waiting, Magda."  She says, "I am the cause of all the tragedy at Collinwood, all the pain and suffering and death, the unchaining of Barnabas, the death of Jenny, the curse on Quentin, the murder of my poor Sandor, and Julianka, I was the cause of it all.  I must be punished for it, I must be punished!"  No, says Jamison, nothing at all would come out of your being punished--"We're going to help you end this tragedy, you must do that, you know, don't you?"  I do, she says, but what can I do?
You can begin by taking us to our most formidable enemy, Mr. Barnabas Collins--we know what he is, how he lives at night and sleeps during the day in his coffin.  He moves her face, forcing her to look at him.  "You were his ally, and he told you where his coffin is, didn't he?"  Yes, she says.  You must begin by taking us there, says Jamison, in the light of day.  Aristede listens eagerly.  Yes, I will take you, says Magda.  Jamison orders Aristede, help the lady up.  The three of them leave the cell.

NOTES:  Another exceptional performance by Henesy.  It's a pity this young man didn't love acting, his talent was amazing.  I got the impression that Roger Davis was really struggling with his lines when he was speaking to Aristede, but perhaps I was mistaken.

I remember being really nervous about Barnabas at the end of this episode; he's so vulnerable, and chance were that Angelique wouldn't be there this time to save him.  That Jamison was able to fool Magda was a neat ploy on his part, one Barnabas didn't anticipate.  Besides, if Petofi exchanged bodies back with Jamison, the boy would be locked in the cell and Petofi would be completely free.  Poor Magda, she wasn't responsible for ALL the tragedy at Collinwood, but like a domino effect, her cursing Quentin has had long-reaching repercussions.   Now we know Tate and Petofi are linked, but why, and why would Petofi want a portrait done of Quentin?  Stay tuned.  This unravels in a fascinating manner.


807 - Old House - Aristede warns Magda--don't lead us to a place Barnabas is not.  She won't, Jamison assures him.  You're more trusting than I am, says Aristede--she's very clever.  Not so, insists Jamison--if she were, she wouldn't have gotten herself into such a situation.  You make me feel so bad, telling me everything is my fault, says Magda--IF Sandor hadn't gone to look for the jewels, if I hadn't sent him, Barnabas Collins would still be in his coffin.  That's true, says Jamison.  If you hadn't put on the curse, or stolen the hand, adds Aristede.  But we must thank her for that, says Jamison, for it has given us a chance to get the hand, and we will give her a chance to atone for all her sins and end this horror--you'll be very grateful to me, won't you, Magda?  "Jamison," says Magda sadly.  This angers the boy--don't call me that, he commands--I don't call you by your wrong name, do I?  Don't make me take you to Barnabas, please, begs Magda.  She won't do it, Aristede comments.  She knows she will, says Jamison--the will of Count Petofi is stronger than any man.  Magda agrees to go now.  Jamison takes her arm and warns--when we go to Barnabas' coffin, there will be no tricks at all.  She agrees--it's too late for tricks.  Aristede and Jamison exchange looks of satisfaction.

They trio enters Barnabas' lair, where his coffin sits.  There it is, says Magda.  She turns, intending to leave right away.  You haven't been dismissed, says Aristede.  Are you going to make me wait around to see what's going to happen? asks Magda.  "A sensitive gypsy?  A gypsy with a heart?" taunts Aristede.  Barnabas is my friend, she says.  As well as your enemy, says Aristede.  Yes, but he doesn't deserve to die this way, she says.  Aristede finds a wonderful stake (why would Barnabas leave such a thing lying around?) and already has a hammer ready.  We will need some protection, says Aristede.  (yes, I chuckled, I'm a naughty girl with bad thoughts.)  Jamison assures him it's day now--Barnabas can't hurt you.  Aristede reminds him, the vampire disappeared while I was looking at him--all I could hear was the sound of a bat flying around.  That was in the night time, says Jamison, he is powerless in the day.  How can we be sure? asks Aristede.  Keep your stake, if you're so afraid, orders Jamison, but open the coffin.  Magda starts to go.  Jamison stops her--we aren't done with you yet, and we haven't seen what we came to see as of yet.  Aristede opens the coffin--empty!  Aristede swings Magda around to face him and demands, where is Barnabas Collins?  He threatens her with the hammer.  She looks inside the empty coffin.  You had me fooled, says Jamison--I thought you were telling the truth.  He left just before dawn to come here, protests Magda, I WAS telling the truth.  Perhaps he stopped off on the way here, says Aristede sarcastically, but we know better than that, don't we, gypsy?  I have no idea where he is, says Magda.  He holds up the hammer, offering to refresh her memory, but she insists it will do no good.  Perhaps you'll be surprised what you remember after I'm through with you, says Aristede.  You won't do anything because I don't know anything, says Magda--I ain't lying.  I'm sorry I didn't kill you tonight, says Aristede.  "But I am not," says Jamison, closing the coffin--"She is telling the truth."  Gypsies never do, insists Aristede.  She doesn't know where he is, says Jamison.  I'm sure it's a trap for us, says Aristede.  I think Barnabas had a premonition of danger and followed his instincts, says Jamison--as we must now do.  We must find him now, during the day, says Aristede.  Not possible, says Jamison, asking Magda--no, our only chance is at night.  They can't do anything to him then, points out Aristede.  Yes, he will come to the gypsy, says Jamison, and tell her where his new hiding place is, and tomorrow, she can take us there--and she will, he says--I've become very interested in Barnabas, who has found a way to defeat death, which interests me very much--should interest all of us--somewhere, in his house, there's information about him that we can use.

Later - Old House - Aristede carries downstairs carrying papers and diaries, dropping a few along the way, complaining--what do we care what he lived like as a man, what good does it do us to know facts about him?  You forget, Aristede, says Jamison, closing the secret book case, that my body lies useless to me.  I haven't forgotten, says Aristede.  And what will your life be like without me? demands Jamison--I will die soon, or perhaps...perhaps that isn't necessary!--somewhere in this house, there is something that can help me, I know that.  We've looked everywhere, says Aristede.  His books! cries Jamison.  Aristede, pointing to the complete works of Shakespeare, counters: are we so vitally interested in his taste--does that tell you what you want to know?  Aristede then points out the family history.  Jamison eagerly grabs it.  What a fantastic idea, if whoever told it said the truth, exults Jamison (strike one)--look at the date!--1965!
That's impossible, says Aristede, how can it be?  Nearly 70 years away, muses Jamison--Aristede, he says, this is exactly what they were meant to find!

They sit on the purple thing, perusing the family history.  How could a book be published in 1965 when it's 1897? asks Aristede.  We'll have to find out, says Jamison.  Look at the clothes the people are wearing, remarks Aristede.  Jamison, smiling, says, you WOULD notice that.  No one would go through all this trouble just for a joke, says Aristede.  Jamison agrees.  Books can't fly back through the year, anymore than people can, says Aristede.  Obviously, someone has, says Jamison, and we'll have to learn who, and quickly--go get Magda--I, Petofi, could escape, be in another century!--I would live forever!--get Magda quickly, we have much to this morning--I must see Quentin and see where the wolf led him--be quick about it, Aristede.  Jamison looks through the book.

Charity lies in bed, dreaming.  "Quentin," she calls.  Charity, he calls back.  She rises from bed, hearing him repeat her name over and over.  A wolf howls, scaring her.  She calls Quentin again--where are you?  She hears his music and begins to sway, smiling.  We see Quentin's portrait and find Jamison standing in front of it, waving an artist's brush at it.  He holds a palette in the other hand.  "Jamison Collins, what are you doing?" asks Charity.  The likeness is not yet perfect, says Jamison, there's an animal quality I can't quite catch.  Animal quality? she repeats--have you seen it? she asks.  Oh, yes, he says.  Did the picture change for you, too? She asks, I was looking at the portrait and suddenly saw the face of a wolf.  Jamison bursts into hysterical peals of laughter.  Have you seen it, too? she asks.  His laughter stops abruptly.  He's lost, he tells Charity, he's a poor, lost soul.  No, he simply needs. . . she begins.  What does he need? he asks her.  I won't tell you, she says--you'll laugh at me.  I won't, he says, I know what he needs--love!--but he's hiding from you.  He isn't hiding, says Charity, I hear his music.  She calls to him.  "He's hiding from you because he needs you so!" says Jamison.  She looks at the portrait.  Yes, says Jamison, perhaps you can save him.  From what? she asks.  Jamison simply cackles with laughter.  The wolf howls.  It's very close, frets Charity--the wolf if so close!--Jamison, I'm so afraid.  She turns.  Jamison is gone, replaced by Quentin.  I've been looking for you, she says.  You've found me, he says, grinning.  Yes, she agrees.  Here I am, he says, looking at his portrait, for all to see--sometimes I think that face is more real than my own.  That isn't true, she says.  Do you know the truth? he asks.  I want to, very much, she assures him.  No, you don't, he says, you must not ever know--why must you always insist on talking about it--can't you be happy, gay?--don't you want to make me feel good?  Yes, I do! she says eagerly.  Sing, and make me stop thinking, please, he begs.  Oh yes, she cries, then stands onstage in front of sparkling curtains and sings "I'm Gonna Dance For You," to a fast version of the song.   The music stops, Quentin disappears and Charity hears laughter.  She finds Quentin in the woods, holding in his arms a brunette woman in a blue dress.  You made me feel better, says Quentin--now you may go back to the house.
Who is she? demands Charity.  What does it matter, he asks.  It DOES! she says petulantly.  Why? he asks.  Because it just does, she insists.  The woman is suddenly gone.  Quentin accuses Charity of making it happen and, angry, walks into darkness.  Forget him, Magda advises Charity.  "I can't," she says.  You've got to, says Magda, because you know his secret, why he acts like he does.  Tell me, begs Charity.  Magda laughs and refuses.  "If I'm so important to him, why won't you tell me?" demands Charity.  Magda doesn't respond, she just goes off, laughing.  Charity, upset, sees the woman Quentin was holding in his arms, laughing.   Stay away from Quentin, warns Charity--do you understand?  The woman won't answer, and continues to laugh.  Quentin stands, also laughing at her.  She asks why he's treating me this way, says Charity, but he walks past her and takes the other woman in his arms and kisses her.  "I hate you!" says Charity, over and over, and awakens in her bed.  Magda will know what it means, she says, she'll tell me.

Aristede hustles Magda back into the Old House drawing room.  We need you again, gypsy, says Jamison--oh, so she knows of the book.  Don't bother lying, advises Aristede.
Simply tell us two things, says Jamison--who brought this book to our time--and why.  I never saw the book before, says Magda.  When you lie to him, you lie to Count Petofi, warns Aristede--you heard of his powers--hasn't anyone in your tribe told you about the mysterious shadow he can cast, the shadow that isn't your own that follows you?--you've heard of that, haven't you, gypsy?  Yes, she says.  Then answer his questions! Commands Aristede.  Barnabas knew about the book, explains Magda--a girl named Vicki brought it from his own time.  From 1969,says Jamison.  Both men are stunned.  I don't understand it, either, says Magda, but that's what Barnabas claims--and when he gets everything done that he came here to do, he'll go back there, she adds.  He will? asks Jamison--why did he come here?  I don't exactly know, says Magda--it had to do with a sick child dying in 1969--that's all I know.  How did he do it? asks Jamison.  I don't know, never asked, she says, crossing herself--some things are better not to ask or know.  I think she's lying to us, says Aristede--she knows!  She doesn't, says Jamison, but we will find out from Barnabas himself.  Magda tries to excuse herself.  Jamison insists, I have more questions for you before I get down to reading what I'm sure will be a very interesting book--have no fear, he says, they are simple questions--who else knows this about Barnabas?  No one, she says.  He came alone, with no help? asks Jamison.  Yes, says Magda.  I know exactly what we must do, says Jamison--convince Barnabas it's much more pleasant to travel with a companion.  He smiles slightly.

In the woods, Quentin lies on the ground, moaning, chest exposed (yowsah!)  Charity finds him.  "Quentin!" she cries.  She kneels beside him--what happened? she begs, then stands--I must get help.  She spots the woman from her dream, lying close by, her face and dress covered with blood.
The woman, too, calls out, "Quentin!", horrifying Charity.

NOTES:  The woman from Charity's dream, and from real life, is one of Quentin's victims.  How did Charity happen to have that odd dream about her--was it sent by a higher power, or even by Petofi?  Charity has decided she wants Quentin, but given all the evidence she's finding (she knows Q is a womanizer, at best), why would she want someone with all that baggage?

What is Jamison/Petofi planning for Barnabas---to ride his coattails to the future?  Does Petofi feel he can escape his fate that way?  Doesn't he still need his magical hand back?

Poor Magda--what's in store for her?  She's lost so much, and stands to lose even more, perhaps her very own life.  I always feel sorry for her, as much because she is so ill-used as because fate is so unkind to her.

Aristede is a fun character, isn't he?  All he wants is to maim and torture, stake and threaten.

Love, Robin

220
Robservations / Robservations 1/11/03 - #805-806 - Portrait of a Confession
« on: February 10, 2003, 11:58:05 PM »
805 - Barnabas ushers Jamison into a cell in the Old House.  The boy plaintively asks "Cousin Barnabas" why are you doing this to me--take me back to Collinwood--I'm going to be afraid all alone.  No, Magda will be with you, promises Barnabas.  Jamison, playing little boy to the hilt, begs, please let me go!  I will, says Barn, as soon as HE leaves you alone and is gone.  He locks him in.  "If that's what you intend to do, Mr. Collins, I'm afraid that you're stupid and incompetent.  If you choose to wait until I've left, the boy will simply grow old and die in this cell--or just simply die!"

Charity, back in Pansy mode once more, admires her reflection in the foyer mirror, singing her song, twirling her red shawl.  Trask comes in and demands to know what's going on.  He grabs her arm and demands, what's the meaning of this?  What's it look like, luv? she asks--I'm a girl trying to get along in the world...
He forbids her to sing that song--or to continue playing this sinful game.  What game is that?, she asks.  He points out her piled-up hair, the shocking (very made up) condition of her face.  She grins.  Oh, I think I look pretty good, she says, admiring herself in the mirror--I was thinking of going on the stage, might change my name--to Pansy Faye.  "Pretty, ain't it?"  (The color goes to black and white here for some reason.)  Trask asks, do you know who you are?  I know, she sneers, I'm Charity Trask, but that doesn't mean I have to like it, not with a old crow like you for a dad.  Furious, Trask smacks her across the face and orders, honor your father and mother.  She holds her stinging cheek and says, "Mama is dead,"--I was just going out to her grave.  "Like this?" asks Trask.  She gazes down at herself, back in Charity mode, and is horrified--madness is going through this house; she says, while you were away, Quentin and I had to lock Edward in the tower room--he's lost his reason, and so has Jamison.  This interests Trask--go get the boy, he says--whatever this madness, it hasn't touched you, and will not, you aren't a Collins, and this madness obviously lies in them--first my poor Judith, then Edward, now Jamison--soon there won't be any Collinses left, he says, apparently thrilled.  Except Quentin, Charity reminds him.  Trask grins--of course, except Quentin--I want to see how Jamison is.  She promises to go get him, but doesn't move--there's something about the boy now that frightens me, she confesses.  There's nothing about Jamison that frightens ME, says Trask, I'm up to the task, which is now to care for this poor, afflicted family.  (oh, Jeez!)

Evan appears to be playing with a Scrabble set, the letters on the table before him.  He hears something; the doors blow open.  He asks the demon or spirit--leave me in peace--I've had enough of it all!  When Barnabas appears to him, he's surprised.  No demon or spirit, Barnabas assures him--what's the matter--you seems disenchanted with your former delights.  When a man has been under the evil hand of Oshden, says Evan, he'd be a fool to continue to find black arts fascinating.  The hand is the reason for my visit, says Barn.  I don't wish to discuss it, says Evan.
I do, insists Barnabas.  Talk to Tim Shaw, if he's still alive, advises Evan.  I know Tim has it, says Barn--where is he?  I don't know or care, says Evan, except to hope he's as far away from ME as possible.  I can't believe you'd let him walk out the door with such a powerful instrument, says Barn, unless you knew where he was going and when he was coming back.  I know nothing, maintains Evan, or his plans.  "Are you sure they don't include you?" presses Barnabas.  How many times must I tell you, says Evan, they don't!  Until I can be sure that a man as greedy as you wouldn't close the door on power and wealth, says Barnabas.  Evan laughs--I had the hand for a while, and all it brought me was a face so grotesque, it scared me to look in the mirror--now I can look at myself.  But I cannot, says Barnabas--remember that, so listen-- "You are not going to lie to me," says Barnabas.  "It would be very hard for you if you don't tell me the truth..."

Trask sits at the desk in the drawing room.  Charity reports that Jamison isn't in the house--I want to ask a servant to look for him; in the state he's in, he might wander off and get hurt.  Trask doesn't seem to care--I'm running this house, you must remember that!

Believe me, says Evan, I know nothing--I've found nothing in my books to protect me from your gaze--I hate these books and all that's in them, I HATE them!  Someone knocks at the door.  I'm expecting no one, says Evan. It's Trask.  Wait a minute, says Evan.  Barnabas disappears as Trask explains--my business is urgent.  Evan opens the door on a grinning Trask.

Trask tells Evan, I went to see Judith, who is "no better than can be expected, poor lady."--she'll be at the sanitarium for quite a while.  Then what's his urgent business? asks Evan.  Poor Judith's madness seems to have afflicted both Edward and Jamison, says Trask--Edward sits in the tower room, convinced he is the perfect servant; I went to see him, and Edward insisted on dusting my coat.  How horrible, says Evan.  And, adds Trask, Charity tells me that Jamison has been touched by madness, too--I only know that through Charity, because I haven't seen Jamison myself--the boy has run away, and I dosn't know where--I'm not in any hurry to find him.  Evan doesn't understand.  Are you stupid tonight? asks Trasks--it means that once Quentin is taken care of, I will be master of Collinwood, not just until Judith's brain heals, but for all time!  Things are working out well for you, remarks Evan.  Brilliantly, boasts Trask, not just well--I want you to draw up the necessary papers declaring father and son mentally incompetent.  I can do it, I suppose, says Evan, but I'm not sure I want to--I don't like what is happening at Collinwood and prefer to have nothing more to do with it.
Not a matter of preference, says Trask, when it's a matter of doing the right thing.  Evan bursts into bitter laughter.  Trask continues--you can't have a man who has no idea who he is and a boy who thinks he is some foreign count running around loose--"He thinks he's a Count Petofi," says Trask.  "WHAT?" asks Evan--Petofi didn't go, he's still here, watching, mutters Evan--it's worse than I thought--now I am convinced!  To do as I asked? queries Trask.  "To have nothing more to do with the whole matter!" blares Evan.  Trask rises to his feet and reminds Evan, you aren't dealing with some nobody who runs a small school (is that how Trask viewed himself?)  "You're dealing with the master of Collinwood!"  Retorts Evan, eyes blazing, "And you are dealing with Count Petofi, you have no chance against him, neither do I, neither do any of us--the difference is, I know it--you don't--good night."  Trask, angry, says, you are my lawyer--I came to you for advice.  Then I'll give it to you, says Evan--do nothing to Edward or Jamison, particularly Jamison, not now.  You're a fool! says Trask.  Evan gets in his face and says YOU'RE the fool, pitting yourself against Petofi--do you know what evil he carries with him?--do you know what strength he has?  I have strength and powers, too! shouts Trask--I have the higher forces of heaven fighting on my side.  I didn't think the higher forces of heaven fought on the side of the cruel and the greedy (get him, Evan!)  Trask turns away, snarling, and says, "Taking over Collinwood is the kindest thing I can do--can I leave the lunatics to run the asylum?--the animals to run the zoo?--I will expect you to bring me the papers I need.

Jamison, standing in the cell, continues to check over his black book--"Gregory Trask, Magda Rakosi, Evan Hanley..."  Evan is next, he decides, a big smile on his face.  He closes his eyes, calling to him in his mind.  "Evan Hanley!" he repeats over and over.  Who is calling me? asks Evan--"Who are you?  Why can't I see you?"  Jamison appears before him.  Evan asks, what are you doing here this time of night?  I'm afraid to go home, says the boy, then sets up letters spelling TRASK on the table.  (Was Scrabble invented yet?)  He won't hurt you, Evan assures him.  "But he's been telling so many lies about me," says Jamison, sounding like the boy, rather than the man.  Are they lies? asks Evan.  Yes, you know me, I'm Jamison Collins, and now it's dark and I'm afraid to go home--take me home?  Evan eagerly agrees.  Jamison thanks him profusely and gives him the kiss on the cheek that  signals...what?
"Yes," says Evan, "I will take you right to Collinwood and we will speak to Mr. Trask about this whole matter!"  Jamison disappears, leaving Evan searching for him--didn't you want me to take you home?  "You will know what I want you to know," says Jamison's voice--"Do you understand me?"  Evan dips his head in agreement.

Back in the cell, Jamison flips through his black book and says, "Yes, he'll know what to do!"  Evan seems to awaken from sleeping in his chair.  He takes a piece of paper and pen, and as Jamison dictates, writes, "To whom it may concern..."

Trask gazes out the drawing room window, describing to Charity how Edward babbled on about serving the Earl of Hampshire and wanted nothing more now than to serve the Collinses--that's what he said when you locked him in there, wasn't it?  "Who?" asks Charity, looking over what appears to be a flute.  "Edward!" says Trask, grinning--I wish I could give him a place as a domestic on the staff--I could do it and still be master of Collinwood--it would serve him right.  I found a recorder in the study, says Charity, and want to learn to play it.  She smiles.  I disapprove of frivolous music, he says.  I love music, and singing, it's so cheerful, she says, and begins to hum Pansy's theme again.  Stop singing at once! He orders.  She turns and, once again in Cockney Pansy mode, asks, "Don't you like music?"  She moves her body flirtatiously.  "Carl did, all the way back to Atlantic City, I sang and told him stories, some of them bawdy, but he laughed anyway, particularly after we drank some brandy."  She giggles.  "Do you know the story about the vicar's daughter, named Alice?" she asks, bursting into laughter.  Trask grabs her, forces her to her knees--where you belong, so you can pray!  She rises, laughing, hits him gently with the recorder and tells him, I don't remember how to pray.  He grabs her arm again and says, you're going to, because it's a part of you, of your life, like the blood in your veins!  She continues laughing.  He repeats, "It's your life blood--now pray, Charity, pray!"  She comes back to herself and obediently says, "Yes, Father."  She falls to her knees, in praying posture.  Keep praying, he orders--this madness must not touch you again.  He kneels beside her, says, "Never again," and puts his hands together in prayer, too.  "My plans are too close to completion," he says intensely.  The door opens.  It's Evan, who asks, am I interrupting something?  "Morning devotional," says Trask, we are just about finished.  Good, says Evan, I want to get down to business.  Trask agrees--go to your room, Charity, he says, and read a chapter or two.  She complies.  I'm glad to see you carrying a paper, says Trask--I assume your reservations have been removed and you found yourself able to do what must be done.  Yes, says Evan, it's the only thing to do.  He places it on the desk and says, sign it--let's get it over with.  Trask signs--I saw Edward again, he says, and if ever a man cries out to be committed, it's he--he's completely insane.  Trask reads over what he signed and, horrified, proclaims Evan insane.  Why? asks the lawyer.  Why? cries Trask--no sane man would put on paper what you put on this!  It's the truth, isn't it? asks Evan.  "And I signed it!" says Trask.  "I signed it too," says Evan, "after all, we both murdered Minerva."  Be quiet! orders Trask.  It would do no good to be quiet, says Evan, they'll find us!  Tim Shaw murdered Minerva, says Trask.  No, we did, protests Evan, "You know that."  No one else knows that, says Trask, and no one else will, because I'm going to destroy the paper, right now!  He tosses it into the fire.  You can't burn murder, Evan reminds him, nor drown it, or even poison it-- you can't kill murder.  Get out and stay out! Orders Trask--and don't say anything to anyone about this paper I burned, because if you do, I swear you'll hang for worse than murder!  He pushes Evan toward the door.  The paper burns in the fireplace.  On the empty desk, however, it reappears, signed, sealed, delivered!

NOTES:  Once again, Nancy Barrett delivers a loopy, wonderful performance, dancing back and forth between Charity and Pansy.  Trask's reaction to his daughter's own form if madness is quite humorous.  And Pansy's musical interests seem to be "bleeding over" into her alter ego, Charity.

I just loved it when Trask read over what he'd signed!  He was so sure Evan was on his side, what a shocker to learn the opposite.  Petofi, acting through Jamison, is moving the everyone affiliated with the Collinses, as well as the family itself, to his own amusement.  How he expects this to get him back the hand, I don't know, but it's great fun to watch it all unfold.  Will Trask and Evan get punished for their role in Minserva's murder?


806 - Roger Davis gives pretty good intro.  The hand of Count Petofi comes at us against the background of Collinwood, as if beckoning us inside.

The damning confession Evan wrote reappears on he table in the drawing room.  Charity comes downstairs and enters, looking around.  She sits down on the sofa, then stands, goes to the desk, and picks up the confession.  Her eyes grow wide as she reads how her father and Evan killed her mother.  Trask comes into the drawing room.  He smiles at his daughter, wishing her good morning.  He sees the horror on he face, spots the signed confession in her hand.  She tells him what it is--it says you and Mr. Hanley murdered my mother!
Now Trask's eyes bulge with dismay.

Trask darts forward, demanding to know--what do you have there?  He snatches the paper away from her--where did you find it?  I found it on the desk, she says.  How? he wonders.  I burned it!  Then you knew about it? she asks.  Yes, I read every word, he says.  It isn't true, is it? she tearfully asks.  I see you're ready to believe it IS true, he accuses, scanning the paper.  I don't know, she says, I feel so shocked.  Trask shouts--how dare you give credence to this foul and libelous attack!  I didn't say I believed it, she protests.  For the deliverance of your soul, he says, I can fight the evil forces against me, for I am the only one who can secure salvation against them all...

Magda looks into the cell at the sleeping Jamison (pretty pillow, definitely more 1960's than 1897).  She calls his name, awakening him.  He sits up, smiling at her--such a creepy smile.  Have you been assigned to guard my cell? he asks.  Barnabas has good reasons for keeping you, she says.  Would you be good enough to tell me what they are? he asks.  I will let Barnabas himself explain when he comes down this evening, she says.  I'm afraid of what's happening at Collinwood, says Jamison.  How can I know? asks Magda.  He explains--the truth can be very destructive--Beth found that out, and Edward, and Charity, and now Mr. Trask--they're all suffering after learning what they are really like inside.  I can't believe this is happening, she says--you are Jamison. . .   And yet I'm not, finishes the possessed boy--does that frighten you?  She turns away from him, saying no, it doesn't but it clearly does.  You know your own time will come, he says, eventually.  She walks away--my own time? she asks--I don't understand.  Very soon, you'll begin to see yourself, and not like what you see, he says.  I don't believe you--nothing will happen, asserts Magda.  That's what Trask said, but it's happening to him anyway, says Jamison.  What's happening to him? asks Magda.
He's at Collinwood now, says Jamison, but not the Collinwood he dreamed of mastering--it's like a prison to him, and he is trapped alone in it, with his conscience, tortured by the truth he can't erase from his mind.

At Collinwood, Trask is all set to again toss the confession into the fireplace.  This time, he chooses to tear it into pieces.  The room darkens, wind blows, thunder rolls.  Trask turns on a single lamp, then tosses the balled up paper into the trash can.  The window blows open; the room is filled with eerie, outer-space sounds.  Scared, he closes the window, looks around himself, and seems to be trying to escape something.  He covers his ears against the awful noise, then runs into the foyer.  Minerva! he cries--I know you're here, and why--leave this house!--do you hear me?--Minerva, stop doing this to me!  He begs her to stop, sinks to his knees, covers his ears, screaming, "Stop it!" over and over.

The lights in the drawing room come on; all sounds subside.  Trask asks Minerva, listen to me--I'm innocent!  The wind howls and the supernatural sound returns, as if disputing his claim.  He rises to his feet--Minerva, an evil force has roused your spirit against me, you must believe that!  He covers his ears again.  Silence once more, lights returning.  Charles Delaware Tate asks him, are you all right?  He's dressed all in black, with a weird hat on his head.  Tate tells Trask, I knew who you were because of how you were dressed--your servants called you a man of the cloth--who were you talking to? asks Tate--I heard you addressing someone named Minerva.  Trask says, there's no one else in the room aside from us, I was meditating when the sudden storm came up, it frightened me.  Tate says, I just came from outside--there was no wind all day long.  Trask is nonplussed.  What is your business? he asks Tate.  The latter says, I'm an artist, commissioned to do a portrait of Quentin Collins.  Do I know you? asks Trask.  We haven't met, I'm sure, says Tate, admiring the portraits on the walls.  I've heard your name, says Trask--are you THE Charles Tate?  Yes, says Tate.  I know your work is famous all over the country, says Trask, I imagine you command a rather large fee.  I do, says Tate.  Are you aware Quentin has practically no money? asks Trask--did he commission you?  No, it was his late grandmother, Edith Collins, explains Tate, I just wasn't able to get around to doing the portrait until now.  Trask says it's a pleasure to welcome a man of your fame and talent to Collinwood.  I've taken a studio in the village, says Tate.  There are any number of rooms here you could have used at Collinwood, says Trask.  Quentin doesn't want me to do his portrait, says Tate--as a matter of fact, he said I'm not welcome here at all.  That's outrageous, says Trask, apologizing for Quentin's behavior--*I*, Trask, am master of Collinwood.  Tate explains, I'm doing the portrait from a photograph, and was hoping you knew where some other pictures of him might be.  Trask rummages in the desk for another, and to his dismay, the blasted confession is there!  It falls on the floor, to be picked up by Tate.  "Give me that!" shouts Trask, yanking it from his hand.  Tate gives him a weird look.  Trask apologizes for his outburst, explaining, it was an important letter I was sending to a friend.  He looks again for the photograph and finds one.  He hands it to Tate and says, keep it as long as you need it--how long will you be staying in Collinsport?  About two weeks, says Tate.  Perhaps you'd consider painting my daughter, Charity--money is no object, says Trask.  Tate puts an arm around Trask's shoulder and laughs--I'd be delighted to discuss it as soon as I finish Quentin's portrait--it will be a pleasure.

Quentin sits in his room, dejected, listening to his music.  Charity comes to visit him.  He invites her in, with great reluctance. I heard your music playing, she says, and knew you were here--would you like to take a walk along the beach with me?  Some other time, says Q, closing his eyes.  A walk would be good for you, she says.  I don't like walks, he says.  (bedroom exercises are more his speed.)  We could sit down somewhere and talk to each other, she suggests, watching as he pours himself a drink and seats himself at his desk.  "Charity, you've simply picked the wrong day," he says.  Are you sad about something? she asks.  No, he says.  I think you are, she says, caressing his face--"Why don't you come with me, Quentin?"--maybe I can help you forget your problems.  He pushes her away and firmly says, I'm going to stay right here.  He turns off the music and says, you had better leave--I don't think your father would understand finding you in my room.  I don't think that would upset him so much as knowing who you were with last night, she says--when I passed by your room, I heard you talking to Barnabas.  You were imagining it, he says.
No, I wasn't, says Charity--I know his voice when I hear it (she sure should).  What are you going to do, asks Quentin, tell your father?  I should, she says, but I'm not going to.  She puts her hands on his shoulders in another caress, adding, "You might remember that the next time I invite you somewhere."  (Is this blackmail?)  She turns to leave, and does, giving him a significant look.  Magda is at the door as she opens it.  Charity and the gypsy exchange glances, and Charity leaves.  Quentin asks Magda, how long have you been out there, listening?  I just arrived as she opened the door, says Magda--come to the Old House, Jamison insists on seeing you.  Is he still possessed? asks Q.  Yes, she answers.  Then it's not Jamison who wants to see me, is it, it's Petofi, says Q.

Quentin, at the cell, asks Jamison, did you ask me here to remind me the moon will be full tonight?  No, says Jamison, for an opportunity to avoid your fate--I know much more about your problem than you do--how it begins, manifests itself, and how it can be ended--I'm anxious to leave this place, so I make this offer--I'll cure you in exchange for my freedom from the cell.
You offered to cure me once before, and nothing happened, Q reminds him.  I'll make good on that promise, says Jamison, cure you if you let me out of here--I must have your answer.  How do you know you can really do it? demands Q.  You have my word--and my word is good, says Jamison--the keys are on the wall.  Magda comes in, calling to Quentin.  I told you to wait upstairs, says Q.  I knew something like this might happen, says Magda, so I came down to listen--you are a fool if you do what Jamison wants!  Don't listen to her! insists Jamison.  You had better listen, because I know what I'm talking about, says Magda, leading him away from the cell.  Why shouldn't I do it? asks Quentin.  You aren't thinking, she says--you're so desperate because of tonight's full moon, you aren't thinking!--the hand, he can't cure you without it, and he doesn't have it!  She's right, says Q, Julianka told me before she died that the hand was needed to cure the curse.  Quentin turns to the boy--"You tried to trick me!"  Jamison turns a baleful gaze on Magda and says, I warned you once before that your time would come--perhaps it shall come a little sooner than you or I expected.

Tate studio, once the Evans house - Tate is painting Quentin's portrait while talking to Charity--your father said he wanted a portrait of his daughter, but didn't say what she looked like--it's come as a pleasant surprise.  Charity thanks him--I hope having visitors in the studio while you work doesn't disturb you, she says.  No, I don't mind at all, says Tate--I'm almost finished for the day, anyway.  Your studio is charming, she says--how did you find it?  A friend of mine rented it last summer and told me about it, answers Tate--I'm done for the day--excuses me while I Clean my hands.  Left alone, Charity stares at Quentin's painting.  He isn't smiling in it.  The face in the portrait turns into that of a wolf.  Charity screams.

NOTES:  Amazing scene between Trask and his daughter, as he literally bullies her into not believing what she had read--that he helped kill her mother.  You can see how he manipulated all the ladies in his life--Judith, Rachel, Charity and God knows how many others.  I assume Evan's "gift" from Petofi is the need to tell the truth, something that will surely undermine his career as a lawyer (think LIAR, LIAR and Jim Carrey).

Why has Quentin's face in the portrait turned into that of a wolf?  What does this mean?  Is it possible that Count Petofi CAN cure Quentin without the missing hand?

Love, Robin

221
Robservations / Robservations 2/10/03 - #803-804 - Truths and Consequences
« on: February 09, 2003, 05:02:39 PM »
803 - Edward returns home and shrugs out of his coat.  We hear a carriage drive away outside.  He enters the drawing room to find Quentin drinking, and suggests it's a little early.  Quentin assures his brother--after you hear what happened today, you'll need a drink, too, and holds out the booze.  I'll decide that for myself, says Edward--what has happened this time?  It's Jamison, says Quentin, he's not physically ill, but he's been possessed.  Edward is shocked and disbelieving.  That's my only explanation, says Q--possessed by Count Petofi, a dangerous murderer, a man who, before he left, wished us nothing but evil.  Edward, skeptical, wonders-- what has stimulated your mind and stirred up your fears--is it the drink, opium, what?  Quentin assures him--Mr. Fenn Gibbons is not what he seems--he's a threat to the Collins, and predicted each of us would learn the truth about ourselves, and one by one, we would all be destroyed by that truth.  You're doing a very good job of destroying yourself without Mr. Fenn Gibbons, remarks Edward--I have too many real problems to contend with, without having to put up with your phantoms.  He's real and dangerous, especially to Jamison, says Q.  No, says Edward, in your present condition, you're far more dangerous to my son than Mr. Fenn Gibbons could ever be, and if you dare to say any of this nonsense to Jamison, I will have to deal with you--the subject is closed.  Jamison enters in and says, "Good morning, Mr. Collins."  Edward stares at his son, walks toward him--where have you been? asks Edward.  Walking around the grounds, says Jamison--"I find your Maine weather most stimulating this time of year."--you look a little pale--perhaps you ought to get out.  He fiddles with his gloved hands, rubbing the right with the left, going on about "the sense of discovery I find outdoors, particularly about HIM."  Edward nervously says, I don't understand what you're talking about.  "But you will," promises Jamison--"before this day is through, you will know many things that you know not now, including the truth about yourself!"  Edward looks at Quentin, who looks back as if to say, See? I told you!

Jamison fiddles with his black gloves.  Quentin starts to speak, but Edward orders him to be quiet, and turns to Jamison, who asks for a brandy, then goes to get one himself.  "Jamison!" cries Edward--stop this little game that you and your uncle have set up to annoy me--I'm not in the mood for it.  He isn't playing, insists Quentin, he's been possessed!  Stop saying that, demands Edward.  I suggest you stop closing your mind, says Quentin--there's something drastically wrong with the boy.  If so, it's because you and your kind have brought it here, snorts Edward angrily.  Let's not argue about that, says Q, let's take care of the boy before it's too late.  Jamison agrees it is getting late--I'm going upstairs to rest before dinner.  Stay here, orders Edward.  "I beg your pardon?" says Jamison.  Stay here, repeats Edward, then gentles his tone--I had a very difficult day.  Yes, and before it's through, it will be more and more difficult, promises Jamison--now as long as you've insisted on me staying, I want a brandy.  No, says Edward.  Jamison complains about his hospitality.  You must do something! says Quentin.  I will, Edward assures him.  He rings for someone, then picks up the phone and, as Quentin drinks, calls Dr. Brooks--come out, I'm worried about Jamison--I don't want to discuss it over the phone, just come ASAP.  Jamison is drinking a glass of something.  Just what do you thinks you're doing? asks Edward.  "Mineral water," says Jamison, gazing evilly at Edward, "for the digestion."   Beth enters.  Edward orders her, take Jamison up to his room and stay with him; don't leave him alone.  Come with me, Beth tells Jamison, we'll go upstairs now.  "Yes," says Jamison, "I think that would be most pleasurable before dinner."  He excuses himself to Q and E and leaves with Beth.  You must realize a doctor won't do any good, says Quentin.  Edward harshly reminds him--Jamison is MY son, and your meddling must stop.  What about your meddling?--let's talk about that, suggests Q.  (Here it comes.)  Let's talk about what you did to Jenny.  That wasn't meddling, says Edward, I was looking after her--someone had to!  You turned her into a crazy woman, accuses Quentin.  You did that, says Edward--I just tried to prevent her from hurting herself or others.  I see, chuckles Quentin, furious, but I believe you were preventing the holy, sanctified Collins name from being damaged.  I had to look after Jenny because you didn't care for her, says Edward.  Oh, didn't I? asks Quentin, how do you know that?  A man doesn't leave his wife when he cares for her, says Edward.  You have all the proper Collins answers, says Quentin--"Answer this question--what about MY children?"  Edward, taken aback, pretends he doesn't know, but Quentin pursues it--why didn't you tell me about my children--or didn't you think I cared about them, either?--"Well I did care about the children, I cared a great deal!  I discovered how much, yesterday, when I found that my son was dead."  "Dead?" asks Edward.  "My son is dead," says Quentin softly.  Edward apologizes.  I don't believe you're sorry after all, says Q, because "My children are only half Collins--what did you think when you learned that were also half gypsy?"  Edward repeats--I am sorry the boy is dead, why can't you let it go at that?  "BECAUSE I WON'T!" yells Quentin, sounding near tears--you and your sense of family, your demand that things always be exactly right--well what did you think when you looked at that little boy with the gypsy eyes and the Collins name?"  Edward turns and demands, leave me alone--I never saw the boy after he left this house.  Oh, I see, says Q bitterly--I should have realized--why should you have cared that he might have perhaps needed you?  That's a startling accusation, says Edward--I merely saw to it he was provided for.  You saw to everything, most of all, to the Collins name, says Quentin, which is what you've done all your life--if anyone failed to live up to it--Jenny, my children, Judith--no matter who--you are the judge and jury and you see to it that they are banished before the world finds out the truth--well, Edward, you call your doctor if you think that's right, and you listen carefully to what he tells you, because it may be time for your own son's banishment!  Edward's face is stony, implacable.  (Selby's performance here was outstanding, and Louis Edmonds not far behind him.)

Dusk - Beth's room - Jamison and Beth are playing a game.  She suggests he take off his gloves.  There's a very good reason I can't, he says, just as there's a very good reason you are so distracted--I don't feel your mind is on the game, but on someone else, who fills your every thought, whose command you wait for.  I don't understand you, she says.  He gazes at her intently.  She rises from her chair, uncomfortable, and says perhaps I should call your father.  My father isn't here, says Jamison--that's a peacock, a vain, and a little man, name-proud.  Be quiet, orders Beth--I'm going to call your father.  Seeming more like himself, Jamison begs her not to.  It's for your own good, she says.  Everyone always says that, he complains, but they don't know, they never ask what I want or how I feel.  What do you want? she asks.  I want people to like me, he says.  And to be noticed, she adds.  She kneels, touches him, says--I suppose we do get caught up in our own lives, and forget you, until you start pretending, and frighten us.  I'm not pretending, says Jamison, I really like you.  And I like you, she responds.  He bends down and kisses her cheek.  She seems stunned.  Is there something you'd like to do? he asks.  Maybe you should lie down and nap, she suggests.
And while I nap, where will you be, Beth?--out there, with him!  Go to the window, Beth, see if he's calling you--go, Beth, go!  She does go to the window, opens it, looks out.  Someone knocks at the door--Edward, asking Beth how Jamison is.  He's all right, says Beth.  Is he running a fever? asks Edward.  I don't know, replies Beth.  Take it immediately, says Edward, checking the boy's forehead, proclaiming he is warm--the window shouldn't be open.  It was very warm, she says, reaching into the dresser.  It isn't now, he says, going to close the window.  No, says Beth.  What's the matter with you? Edward demands.  Jamison grins, really big, showing lots of teeth.  Beth looks strange.  Why don't you tell him, Beth? asks Jamison.  "I am waiting for my master to call me," says Beth--"Barnabas Collins."  Hearing this name, Edward says, "Oh, no," then tells Jamison, go downstairs and wait for me; I must speak with Beth.  Jamison leaves.  Tell me the meaning of this! commands Edward.  Beth looks scared, lost.

We see two red candles.  Quentin stands over Jamison, hands on the boy's head, calling to the evil spirit possessing "that which is not thine to possess," depart and leave the boy in innocence!  Depart, I say, depart!  Jamison, annoyed, says, "And I say, as soon as you're finished with all the mumbo jumbo, would you hand me a glass of mineral water?"  Quentin says, I will try to incantation again, please, make your mind as pliant as possible.  Edward interrupts--I already told you to keep away from Jamison!--Jamison, go upstairs.  The child leaves.  The doctor can't do any good in this case, insists Quentin--if I can reach Petofi's spirit, the boy at least might have a chance.  No, says Edward, and I'm serious.  He rummages around in a tallboy and takes out a gun.  Quentin assumes he'll shoot him next time he tries to talk to Jamison.  No, says Edward, I don't need six silver bullets for that.  Put it away, orders Quentin.  Edward, filling the gun with bullets, teases him about deciding he isn't worth the family name (you're not, of course, adds Edward nastily).  No, says Quentin, I'm afraid you're losing your mind--what will you do with the gun?  I have business with it, says Edward, but refuses to tell him--I thought we had decided that each of us should look after our own interests.  Yes, says Q, but I don't understand what interest involves a gun.  I'm preparing for the moment Barnabas Collins will be destroyed, but I don't like my victims too near the house, and Beth Chavez is a little too near.  "Beth?" asks Quentin.  He has her in his thrall, says Edward, she told me herself.  Quentin refuses to believe this.  Ask her yourself, suggests Edward--I'm surprised you don't know what's been happening; perhaps you've been too busy minding my business!  Quentin, absolutely stunned, runs from the room.

Quentin pounds on Beth's door--I must talk to you--I know you[re in there.  He comes in without invitation, and finds her lying on the bed.  I know what's happened, he says--don't try to deny it.  She sits up and says, I'm not denying anything.  How can you claim to love me and at the same time be going to HIM?--look at me!  She doesn't.  "You know how much I need you," says Quentin.  I must go to him, says Beth.  "NO!" says Q, grabbing her arm--"No more!"  She slips from his grasp and leaves.  Edward enters, and realizing what has happened, calls Quentin a fool--didn't you see the state that girl was in?--she needed to be locked up, but you, who supposedly loves her, let her out.  I had to speak to her, insists Quentin.  What did you have to find out? demands Edward--that it's possible for a woman to love some man other than you?  (ouch!)  Get out of my way, Edward! shouts Quentin, heading for the door, "I've got business with Barnabas!"  And off he goes.

Beth calls to Barnabas (it appears they are on the docks).  What do you want? He asks.  I had to come to you, she explains.  Why? he asks--why did you come here?  "I had to see you," she says.  He turns away.  Don't turn away from me, she begs.  "Leave her alone," orders Quentin, appearing right near them.  Barnabas asks Quentin, what are you doing here?  I want to know what BETH is doing here, counters Quentin.  Barnabas claims, I don't know.  Don't you? asks Q, I don't believe that--"She admitted to me that. . ."   ". . .that she and I were closer than you knew?" finishes Barnabas--"Well it's true, it was true, but true no longer--I know what I am, Quentin, I know what I need, I despise all of it, and I despise myself more knowing what she meant to you."
He looks ashamed.  Why did she come to you tonight? asks Quentin.  I don't know, says Barn--I didn't call her.

Jamison stands in the drawing room.  Edward comes in.  Dr. Brooks said you were fine, he tells his son--I think we were just a little overexcited, but all will be well.  He isn't a very good doctor, says Jamison, he examined me for over an hour and didn't notice I only had one hand.  Edward begs him--the doctor says you're all right, you have a hand--take off the gloves.  No, insists Jamison, I have no hand.  Take off the gloves, or I'll use force! warns Edward.  He grabs Jamison's hand--which comes off!  "I told you, no hand, I told you!" sobs Jamison.
Edward stares at it in horror.  What's happened? cries Edward.  Jamison cradles the arm close to his body--I'm frightened, he says.  Don't be, urges Edward--I'm here, and everything will be all right,  I'll take care of you, look after you, don't be scared.  "I love you, Father," and kisses him.  Edward stands, stunned.  Jamison grabs the hand away from his father and walks upstairs.

Quentin returns to find Edward standing in the drawing room, and asks what he's doing.  "Sir," says Edward, "I'm a stranger in these parts, but certainly, in a great house like this, there's something for an honest man to do, especially one who's willing to do anything.  Oh it's a lovely house--what's it called?"
Quentin stares at his brother, his brow furrowed.  What's this?

NOTES:  Some really fine performances today, by everyone.  You could feel Quentin's rage and grief over the realization that his brother sent his children away, and now one of them has died.  It's so tragic, and Edward's implacability combined with Quentin's vulnerability was amazing to watch.

Why did Jamison/Petofi send Beth to Barnabas?  Just to rile up the family?  Put a wedge between the cousins?  And what made him turn Edward into a servile man?  Could this be Edward's hidden self?  What does Petofi intend to do, ultimately?  Love that kiss, it's deadly in more ways than one!

Great show, folks!


804 - Edward, behaving oddly, lifts a figurine and admires it--I appreciates beautiful things, he says--I worked in a very fine home, the Earl of Hampshire's.  Quentin calls his name.  Yes, says Edward--the Early of Hampshire's name was Edward.  Have you been drinking? Asks Q.  The "servant" replies, I never drink during working hours.  (Priceless expression on Selby's face.)  No, of course you don't, says Q--sit down.  Edward seems reluctant, but Quentin assures him it's all right--when I told you there was something wrong with Jamison, you wouldn't listen to me, but now you must.  Edward assures "sir", I am listening.  Quentin orders, don't call me sir!  But I must, says Edward, I know my place! This is YOUR place, objects Quentin, you are Edward Collins, you live here, this is your home--now, tell me who you are.  Edward Collins, agrees Edward, the Earl of Hampshire's gentleman, Edward!  Quentin looks defeated.  Edward rises to anticipate Quentin's desire for a brandy.  Servant Eddie pours a drink.  Jamison comes in, grinning, commenting to Quentin, Edward IS a gem, isn't he?  Q demands, why are you doing this to us?  My first instinct about you was right, says Jamison--you are that rare man who faces the truth, you don't try to pretend I'm Jamison gone mad, because you know better.  He walks over to Edward and says, the servants' quarters are under the staircase--you can go now.  Stay where you are! Quentin orders Edward, I'll handle this--Jamison, go to bed.  The latter comments, "So you do have some family loyalty."  Laughing at the thought, the "boy" tells him good night.  Some servants don't like working where there are children, remarks Edward, "but I think they brighten a home."  Charity enters and is about to leave, but Q stops her, explaining, Edward is sick.  I'm in excellent health, sir, protests Edward.  Pour us brandy, Quentin says--he thinks he's a servant, rather than Edward Collins.  This shocks Charity.  Shouldn't we call a doctor? she asks.  No, he must be kept safe until he finds himself, says Quentin.

Jamison answers the door to Charles Delaware Tate, who says Jamison Collins has summoned me.  (more Roger Davis, we are SO blessed!)  Please don't be alarmed by my appearance, the child says, I'm the very person you know well--come into the drawing room so we can get started on our business.  The noted painter, pursued by rich women and beautiful girls, all hoping to be captured on one of his "immortal" canvas, chortles Jamison--"Well I know what a busy man you are, so lets get down to business."  I came the moment Aristede (and he mispronounces it, making the last E long), came for me, says Tate.
Jamison gives him a photo of Quentin Collins--the subject of your next painting--he doesn't know you're painting his portrait, says Jamison, but he will, he says, grinning.

Charity and Quentin lead Edward to the tower room.  I thought the servants' quarters were under the stairs, says Edward.  I prefer you in here, says Quentin.  Oh, very good, sir, says Edward, winningly entering the tower room.  The "servant" cries out when Quentin locks the door, protesting, "You can't lock me up!  You can't!"--I can't do my job if locked up, and will do it no matter what!  Quentin smiles grimly at Charity and says, we will all need each other if we can fight the fiend.  Mr. Fenn Gibbons seemed like such a cultured man, remarks Charity.  Q laughs.  Don't laugh at me, she says. We will all be exposed for what we really are, he says, and there's nothing we can do about it.  Yes, there is, she insists, we can pray.  Quentin laughs--pray, huh?  Now you are laughing at me, she says--unworthy of the real Quentin Collins; very few people know you, but I do, says Charity, smiling, what you're really like--sometimes I even knows what you're going to say before you say it.  She moves closer to him and says, "You're going to say, ...Charity, let's go back to the drawing room and have a brandy."'  You're wrong, he says, I was going to say thank you, Miss Trask, and good night--I have to go somewhere right now.  She demands to know, who are you going to see?--I know you're going into town to see some SLUT (such language, Charity!), and I even know why--because I am too much of a lady for Quentin Collins!
She slaps him across the face, and to his credit, he looks ashamed.

Quentin goes to his room and finds Barnabas waiting in the shadows.  Did you send for the child? Asks Barnabas.  Yes, says Quentin, although I find it hard to think of him as a child.  We must not lose sight of the fact that the mind is possessed by Petofi, says Barn, we must find a way to return the body to its rightful owner--and they must act quickly, before everything is changed irrevocably.  If only they can, says Q.  Barnabas lifts a picture off the mantel and asks who it is.  Don't you recognize her? asks Quentin.  She looks familiar, says Barn.  It's Jenny, he says, just before we were married.  She was very beautiful, says Barn.  I went to my son's grave yesterday, says Quentin, in the woods near Saunders.  He was buried in the woods? asks Barn, with the pentagram?  Yes, says Q sadly, for all the good it will do him now--then I came home, looked for this photograph--my little girl looks like her mother.  Jamison knocks and enters.  I wanted to see you, says Quentin.  Barnabas adds, "We both wanted to see you, Jamison."  The child whirls around--Cousin Barnabas, I missed you, he says.  I missed you, too, says Barn--listen--we all love you a great deal, and whatever must be done, we will do, but you must fight too, Jamison.  You're taking a great risk being here now, says Jamison, even though you have the talent of appearing and disappearing at will.  I had to be here, says Barnabas, "To meet you, Count Petofi.".  Jamison smiles--oh, another realist, he says, that does please me.  We don't have the hand, says Barnabas.  "But you will get it," says Jamison, "as soon as I make matters difficult for you--because that hand is mine, and I have every right to it!  "You have no right to possess Jamison Collins!" cries Barnabas.  Charity, about to knock at Quentin's door, overhears Barnabas telling Jamison, look into my eyes and no where else; let everything else fade away, let nothing remain but you and me.  "Barnabas," mutters Charity.  She covers her mouth with horror and flees.  Barnabas tries to hypnotize Jamison, ordering him, tell me who you are.  Jamison laughs--I'd like to say Jamison Collins, for you, because I know how important it is to you, but I'm sorry, I can't, I'm very honest and don't believe in such things.  He excuses himself; it's getting close to my bedtime.  He leaves.  This is terrible, says Quentin.  Barn agrees--I've never seen anyone possessed quite like that.  What can we do? asks Q.  Change our tactics, advises Barn, considering what we've done so far has only amused the Count--I have another plan, this time he won't be quite so amused, predicts Barnabas.

On the phone, Charity is asking to speak to the Rushmore Sanitarium immediately--it's an emergency--I need to reach my father there at once, it's in Portland--call me right back.  She hangs up, dejected.  Jamison joins her.  Are you feeling all right? she asks him.  Sure, he says.  Quentin said you weren't feeling well, says Charity.  Jamison, vastly amused, says I'm fine.  I should know better than to believe Quentin, she says.  You're pretty, he says, startling her.  He repeats it and says, I'm glad you came to live with us--then kisses her cheek--so very glad.  Her face takes on a strange look.  He smiles. The phone rings; she turns to answer it.  Pansy Faye's music begins to tinkle in the background.  Charity starts to swivel her hips and sway her derriere.  She picks up the phone and answers in a Cockney accent.  Who?  Where? She asks, dropping her H's.  She says sorry, luv, there must be a mistake--I don't know a soul in Portland!  Jamison grins.

Quentin finds Tate sketching in the drawing room by the fire and asks, who are you?  Tate introduces himself.  Quentin admits, I've heard of you--and I'm surprised to see you--what are you doing here?  Working, says Tate, I spent the last few hours sketching you.--I'm going to do a full length portrait of you, says Tate, someone commissioned me to do it.  Who? asks Q.  Tate shows Quentin the letter from Edith Collins commissioning the portrait.  My grandmother Edith is dead, says Quentin.  I'm sorry to hear that, says Tate, when did it happen?  Quite a while ago, says Q.  To think the good lady is dead and I'm just now getting around to doing what she wanted, says Tate--you have a very interesting face--I'll enjoy doing your portrait.  I don't want a portrait done, says Quentin--perhaps Grandmother did, but she's dead, so there's no reason to do it.  I accepted money, says Tate, so I--there are quite a few people who would enjoy having me do their portrait.  Paint them, not me, advises Quentin.  You'll change your mind when you see the portrait, predicts Tate--I'll be staying...  I'm not going to change my mind, insists Q--move on your way--and ushers him toward the door--right now!  He almost shoves Tate out the door and assures him--I do appreciate the honor.  Charity, one of Pansy Faye's loud red shawls around her person, comes downstairs, humming the lady's theme song.  Quentin stares at her as she parades downstairs, laughing, then bursts into "I Wanna Dance For You."  She gives Quentin the old butt-bump when she sings "ta ra ra boom de ay," then a few crotch tosses for good measure.
Quentin watches in disbelief, bowing his head once.  He finally stops the show, asking, what's wrong with you?  She laughs and asks--if you liked me before--do you now?--I might not be a lady, but I've got other virtues!  She swings her hips provocatively, harping on the "virtues".  Come into the drawing room, orders Quentin.  She does, still humming.  I want you to sit down, insists Quentin.  YOU should sit down, says Charity--I will entertain you--mind reading, clairvoyance, spiritual miracles, those are my talents!  She puts a hand to her forehead to look into his mind. . .your mind, Quentin Collins, and what do I see?  What?  What?  Oh, what I see is Carl!  Carl Collins is dead because of you!  You helped kill your brother!  He stares at her.   Jamison enters and applauds.  Charity, back to herself, rubs her face and asks, what happened?--what am I doing here, like this?  Upset, she starts taking down her hair and says, I want to go to my room.  Quentin offers to help her.  "YOU?" she cries, scandalized.  After she admits to needing his assistance, he helps her stumble to the stairs.  Jamison opens a little black book.  "Some have faced their moment of truth," he says aloud to himself, "for others, the moment is yet to come!  Edward Collins, servant; Beth Chavez, in bondage to the vampire, waiting to hear him call her; Gregory Trask, Magda Rakosi, Evan Hanley, Charity Trask--slattern, who wants to sing and dance and show her painted face to the world.  A fine lot, all of you!"  He laughs.
He turns and finds Barnabas standing there.  "You will come with me, no noise, no protests," he tells the boy.  He covers Jamison's mouth with his hand and drags him, struggling, through the secret panel.

NOTES:  Selby turned in another superb performance in this episode.  Everything is crashing down around him, and his facial expressions are marvelous.  I also had to laugh at Barnabas' brute force when it came to Jamison, but since they are dealing with a highly intelligent being who has lived a long time, it made sense for Barnabas to kidnap the child, the body, since it was surely weaker than his own!  Of course, Nancy Barrett's little turn as Pansy Faye was a hoot, with that trashy accent and body language, and she did such a wonderful job of totally messing with Quentin's head.  To watch her turn from the prim Charity, who is still attempting a relationship with the totally-wrong-for-her Quentin, into the "slattern", Pansy Faye, was astonishing, funny and creepy, too.  Of course, Petofi saved Barnabas' butt, too, because if she had answered that ringing phone as Charity, rather than Pansy, she would have reached her father and told him Barnabas was at Collinwood.  Edward, as the gentleman's gentleman, is a riot, too, and pathetic as well.  What does Petofi/Jamison have planned for all the others?  We have Roger Davis in yet another role, rather bland, or so it seems, but CDT has some fascinating abilities beyond those of a normal artist.  Great episode all around.

Love, Robin

222
800 - Collinwood - Quentin comes downstairs to answer a knock at the door to find a hysterical Magda. I was just coming to see you, he says. She breathlessly says, "You can't go there." She asks for whiskey, which he gives her. I'm so scared, she says--the hand crawled out of the fireplace toward me--I ran. Did you have a few glasses of whiskey before this one? he asks. No, she swears, I'm sober, but scared--I knew the hand was evil, but not how much, if I only knew what it would take from me! We have all lost a lot, agrees Quentin. She sarcastically thanks him for being so understanding. He, with equal sarcasm, reminds her the child who died was my son--remember?--my son, who I never got to see. Yes, he was a pretty baby, she says, good baby, the little girl, too--every day I wake up, wondering if she is still alive--my head aches from thinking--what can I do to help her? And if you could help her, asks Quentin, so she can grow up to be a beautiful young girl--what happens then?--when she marries?--to her children? Her sons will dread the full moon, says Magda, sipping her drink. If I could do something about that, asks Quentin, should I do it? Of course, she says. Suppose I said I needed the hand to accomplish it? he asks. She reminds him what the hand has done. Because we didn't know how to use it, he says--but there is someone who does--if I give him that hand, he'll end my curse. How do you know he can? Magda asks. I don't know, admits Q--but I'm going to take the chance--we're going to the Old House to get the hand, and give it to this man. What's the name of the man who claims he can cure it? asks Magda. Quentin turns cagey--you might not understand, he says--it's Aristede. He's going to HELP you? she asks, incredulous--he tried to kill you. Listen, says Quentin, what Aristede did wasn't done to me personally--he had to do it because he needed the hand very badly--there's nothing wrong with that. There is, insists Magda--the hand belongs to the gypsies and was in their possession for over 100 years. Then your people are going to have to do without it, retorts Quentin, because I'm giving it to Aristede, and he'll cure me. You're a fool, says Magda. I'm willing to be a fool if I can be cured, says Quentin--and keep my little girl from carrying it to her sons--would you take that chance, for Jenny's child? asks Quentin.
Magda looks miserable. Quentin pushes--if we're giving the hand, then let it cure me--maybe Aristede won't be able to keep it and will return it to her people. "Already you're thinking of betraying him," chides Magda. I'm thinking of nothing but being cured, says Q, and we are going to the Old House. Go without me, says Magda. Surely you aren't frightened of it, says Quentin. You would be, too, if you'd seen it coming out of the fireplace, she says. People are frightened when they have something to lose, says Q--we are in that strange, satisfying state of having nothing further to lose, so why be frightened anymore?

9 PM - Evan's house - He sits, reading a book. There's a knock at the door, very slow. He answers, but only the hand is there, hanging suspended in air. Evan, horrified, is about to close the door, but Tim comes out of the shadows, box in hand, and warns him, "Don't do that--we have some very important business to discuss this evening..."

Old House - Quentin and Magda search for the hand, but can't find it. Where can it be? he asks--did anyone else see it? No one else even knows about it, says Magda, except us and Evan Hanley. I'm sure he didn't take it, says Quentin. It must be your good friend, Aristede, says Maga, and his friend, the grand man, Victor. Aristede claims Victor and Aristede don't know each other, says Quentin. Maybe true, maybe not, says Magda, maybe nobody took it, the hand has a will and desire of its own, wherever it is, it wants to be there.

Tim holds the hand up before Evan, laughing--I've been very curious about my new possession, says Tim. What about it? asks Evan.
I hope you can answer that, says Tim. My field of study is law, not gypsy artifacts, says Evan. What makes you think it has something to do with gypsies? asks Tim. I've seen boxes with carvings like that before, answers Evan. But not with similar contents, says Tim, this hand is unique, isn't it? I don't know, replies Evan. I think you do know; says Tim, I heard Magda talking. Is that why you came here? queries Evan. One of the reasons, says Tim--it will do for a start. He holds the hand out to Evan, who backs away, warning--if you don't know how to use it, that's one dangerous thing. I know enough about how to use it, says Tim, and before we are finished speaking, will know a great deal more--won't I? demands Tim. Evan keeps backing away. Dangerous for you, but not for me, says Tim, because I intend to let the hand work its will on you. Noticing how much this scares Evan, Tim deliberately pushes the hand closer to the lawyer's terrified face.

Evan describes to Tim how the gypsies removed the curse of the werewolf from Count Petofi--but their price for doing so was the hand, so they took it, and with it, his powers. So whoever controls the hand has the power? asks Tim. No one knows for sure, says Evan, the only certainty is that the hand, like its former owner, brings evil. Well, says Tim, you answered that one nicely, now let me try something a little more recent--I have this paper, and I've been puzzling over what it means, but suspect not much longer. He hands Evan the paper, making the lawyer very nervous. Curious, says Evan. The queen of spades, says Tim, reading from the paper, now what can that mean?--"You're going to tell me, Evan, aren't you?" I don't know what it means, claims Evan. I know differently, says Tim--you wrote it--why? Evan tries to walk away, but Tim calls to him. The hand lifts itself up in the air, threatening Evan. Make it go away, begs Evan. There's no place for you to run, says Tim--answer my questions!--why did you write that note? Trask made me write it! cries Evan, trying to fend off the hand as it comes closer. I knew he was behind all this--why? asks Tim. It was a plot that we worked out together to kill Trask's wife, confesses Evan. Oh, and you simply made me do it, says Tim. Yes, confesses Evan. How? demands Tim--begin at the beginning, tell me what you did, and what happened, everything! Evan closes his eyes in misery, knowing he has no choice.

Aristede meets Victor in the woods. The older man demands, why are you late?--waiting always makes me fretful! I couldn't help it, says Aristede. I'll accept your apology, says Victor--in exchange for the hand. I don't have it, says Aristede hesitantly. Victor, furious, slaps him back and forth across the face, calling him stupid and incompetent. Please, begs Aristede, it's not my fault, it's Quentin's--we were supposed to meet at the Blue Whale, and he showed, but didn't have the hand--he claimed he lost it.
And you believed him, demands Victor, incensed. Yes, says Aristede, there's no reason for him not to give me the hand. Yes, he has a brain in his head, which you don't behind that lovely face, taunts Victor. He grabs Aristede by the lapels and says, I knew all along he was lying to you. Then why make me meet him at the Blue Whale? cries Aristede. Because I was desperate! shouts Victor, to do anything, even to do the job myself--I've been relying on you too long, and circumstances forced me to be patient, but I can't afford that any longer--do you know that? I can't come out into the open, insists the younger man, it's too dangerous. "What about the danger if I do not get the hand?" asks Victor in a steely, barely-controlled voice--"I tell you I must have that hand!"

Old House - Petofi and Aristede are searching the drawing room for the hand when Quentin and Magda enter. "What's going on here?" demands Quentin. I think you already know that, responds Victor--I regret that I've been less than completely honest with you in the past, but sometimes, from the purest motives, one is forced to follow the most devious roots. I want to know those motives, says Quentin, and they had better be pure, or you won't leave alive. Please, says Victor, threats make me extremely uncomfortable--I'm sure we can conduct our business in a more pleasant manner. What business? asks Q. Yes, our odd methods aside, says Victor, this is a matter of business. You have something, I want it--the hand, and I've wanted it for a long time. Why? asks Quentin. Because it is unique in the entire world, says Victor, because I collect the unique and pursue anything that meets the standards I set, which is why I am the one person who shall have it--may I be completely honest?--once, I had the hand, I asked no more of it than was my due to ask. Why don't you have it now? asks Quentin. A good question, praises Victor--I owned the hand at one time, but if you don't know it, let me tell you that there are men who are unscrupulous, men who smile and steal easily--I who know so much about some things is a mere babe in arms about others, but I do not regret it--I must maintain a certain innocence in order to be worthy of the beauty I constantly seek. "We ain't got what you want," Magda says. I think you do, says Victor. No, says Quentin. She told you she doesn't, says Victor, she told you it disappeared before her startled gypsy eyes--one thing I've learned during my career is that every gypsy has a price--whatever that price may be, I will pay it. I'm telling the truth, insists Magda--we don't have it. I don't always trust the word of a gypsy, says Victor. I never trust is, chimes in Aristede, who slaps her, accusing her of lying--you will do what I say! Victor stops the fight--"No, Aristede! She will do as I say!" Indicating Aristede, Victor describes him to Quentin: sometimes stupid, sometimes cruel, but generally, a nice boy. Get out, Victor orders Aristede--I'll handle this myself--you've upset the lady and we are trying to woo her--now get out! Victor apologizes to Magda, who is holding her hurt cheek. She refuses his apology--I want nothing from you, she says. Aristede did it because he knew he was anxious to get the hand, says Victor--what a passion it has become to him--smile, he says--gypsy women are very beautiful. I ain't got nothing to smile at, she retorts. There's always something to smile at, says Victor--the expectation of a new possession, the river of life that runs through a glass of wine. He pours her a drink. If you do, he says, you will feel better, then we can get down to talking business. She accepts the glass, then moans with dismay. Quentin asks what's the matter. The cuff button, cries Magda--the mark was the same mark on Julianka's forehead! Victor tries to leave, but Quentin stops him, grabbing Victor's right hand--which comes off! "You!" cries Magda--"You are Count Petofi!"
Victor stands there, his empty sleeve showing nothing but darkness.

NOTES: It's really tough writing down all of Victor's flowery prose, so forgive me if I leave out a few things here and there. That man does go on and on! More interesting bits on the relationship between Aristede and Victor. He's the brawn, Victor the brains. You must love (and question) the man's loyalty to someone who seems to despise him as much as Victor does.

Charity was so cold to the man she was once engaged to, but very warm to Quentin, who seems to have no use for her at all. His cruelty to her was actually pretty funny, in a twisted way. She even accepted a drink, but then again, Cousin Barnabas introduced her to apple wine when they were "dating." Frankly, why she would want to pursue a man clearly her opposite is beyond me. She seems both disgusted and fascinated by him.

Once again, Magda is manhandled, the poor woman. Quentin's apparent love and gentleness for his baby daughter is really touching. I do believe knowing about these kids, especially since he killed their mother, would have turned Quentin into a more responsible man--if he had been told about them sooner.

No more Mr. Nice guy in our Tim, huh? He forced the truth out of Evan and now he has possession of the hand. What about revenge on Trask? We have to wait for that, but it does come.


801/802 - Quentin holds up Victor's fake hand and presents it back to him. Don't give it back, warns Magda, he is Count Petofi, demon from hell! You're a romantic, says Victor--if I really were who you think, would I let you babble on so? Yes, says Magda, if you did something to me, they would know you are him.
If I were Petofi, says Victor, would I be ashamed of it? Magda turns to Quentin and says, 100 years ago, he was a werewolf. Victor laughs. 100 years ago, continues Magda, we cut off his hand as payment for the cure! Quentin looks at the gloved fake hand. Fascinating story, says Victor, and true, I've been informed--I do admit to knowing of the strange, sad story of Petofi, the last recorded man to own a unicorn. Oh, says Magda, you are the only one who could know that. But you know it, too, points out Victor--the saddest morning in the late Count's life was when he awoke after the might of a full moon to find his unicorn had been killed by a wolf. "Just a minute, Count Petofi," says Quentin, citing the one thing that convinced him--the saddest morning of the count's life was when he found a unicorn slaughtered. Werewolves don't remember what they do--I know that, and so do you, from personal experience. Magda warns Q, don't make him madder. Your interruptions, says Victor, are intolerable, the cawing of a mad cat--shall I silence you? Victor bows and says to Quentin, "Count Petofi, sir, at your service." Quentin gives him back his hand. "Quentin, he is dead," warns Magda. A mere conjecture, says Petofi. He's got to be, says Magda. What does it matter? asks Q, I've seen ghosts before. So, you believe her about that, too, says Petofi--how eagerly you believe your own lies, ignoring the truth wherever you can--I'll humor you. He picks up a letter opener. You have seen ghosts, you say? Petofi cuts his face with the letter opener and asks, do ghosts bleed, Mr. Collins?--and you, Madame, have you heard tales around the tribal campfire of ghosts that have blood?--what would a ghost want with a petrified hand?--I've never heard of a gypsy being logical--but try, do try! Urges the Count--only a man would want that hand, says Petofi. Surely you have some explanation for how long you've lived, comments Quentin. I'm not required to give it to strangers, says Petofi, all you need know is that I'm determined to have that hand. We don't have it, says Magda. You have until morning, warns the Count, I still have some powers left, but would hate to use them--I feel a certain kinship for you, Mr. Collins, you make me remember feelings I'd forgotten for a hundred years--I will be at Collinwood for a while, says Petofi. Quentin walks behind him and picks up the letter opener. I think it would be wise for you to decide what you are going to do, advises Petofi. Quentin holds the letter opener aimed at the burly Count. Since you're human, says Q, you can also die!--now, how were you cured--tell me, if you want to live. Petofi smiles broadly.

Quentin shakes the latter opener threateningly at Petofi, demanding the cure. Don't anger him, begs Magda. Petofi asks her, should I hypnotize Quentin?--or paralyze him completely, leave him here, and when the moon comes out--would you like that, gypsy? Magda begs Q, let him go! For once, you are right, says Petofi, slamming his hand down on Quentin's wrist, making him drop the weapon. Nursing his injured wrist, Quentin asks, in a heartbreaking voice, "Why won't you help me? If you know what it's like, why won't you?" To get something, you must pay the price, says Petofi--a little bargaining, perhaps. I'm willing to bargain, says Quentin. You're only willing to cringe, says Petofi, to make inept excuses--you must learn--I paid my price (he holds up his false hand) you must pay yours! Petofi leaves. Magda laments, "Quentin, Quentin!" You stole the hand, says Quentin, and you brought him here--I should kill you for that. Don't talk such foolishness, she says, we must get that hand, he won't leave us alone if we don't. Unless we can fight him, suggests Quentin. Magda gets an idea--Evan has books that tell about Petofi, he even knows about the hand! But Evan and I aren't friends any longer, says Q--I must try to fix up our relationship. Be careful, says Magda, don't do anything foolish--promise me! He leaves without another word. Magda knows the hotheaded Q is heading for trouble.

Evan's house - he jumps from his chair, races to his sofa and yells, "There it is!" He pulls away a pillow. "It was there!" I saw the fingers! He tosses down the pillows and says I must get hold of himself--that hand is not in this house. He hears a weird, slow knocking at the door. It's Quentin (he wouldn't knock that way; was it Evan's imagination?. Evan answers the door. Old friend! says Evan enthusiastically. Quentin asks, what's wrong with you? It's clear that Evan is a nervous wreck. I thought you had forgotten our friendship, says Quentin. Nonsense, says Evan. Beth tried to call you several times, says Q. I've been busy, says Evan. Just when I especially needed you, says Quentin--the moon was full. I don't need your reproaches, says Evan, looking wildly around. Q asks, what are you looking at? "Do you see it?" demands Evan, sounding not quite sane. Quentin looks around and points out nothing is there at all. Evan chuckles--I'm sorry, I haven't been myself lately. Obviously, says Q. Evan suggests they go out. No, says Q, I came to ask for your help--you know all about the hand, Magda said so--you have books. I don't want anything to do with it, insists Evan.
"Give me the books!" says Quentin--"I have to fight it." You can't take the chance, no one can, asserts Evan, his eyes darting crazily--I tried to tell you that! Who did you try to tell? asks Q. No one, says Evan. You lie as badly as ever, says Quentin--you know who took the hand, tell me! I fear he will use it against me if I tell, says the lawyer. "Evan..." says Q warningly--"tell me or I'll kill you, right here, tonight--I mean it--I've caused too many deaths to think about one more." Tim Shaw, reveals Evan--he had it here, I keep thinking it has come back, he won't let it come back--don't come to me about the hand again--I want nothing more to do with it! I never thought I'd see you so frightened, remarks Quentin, and leaves. Evan locks the door after him.

Magda calls the god of the gates to the future, asking to see--give me power to look at the road ahead--I have no right to know, after all I did, but show me in the crystal ball, she begs, what will happen--I've got to see, please! Quentin enters--Tim Shaw has the hand, he says. We must go to him right away, says Magda. That's impossible, says Quentin, we underestimated dear Mr. Shaw, if we ever thought of him at all--took his clothes, everything he owns, plus the hand, and left. Petofi and Aristede killed him, suggests Magda. No, says Quentin--he left alone on the evening train, no forwarding address--where would you go with all that power in your suitcase? he asks. We can't do anything? asks Magda. Nothing says Quentin bitterly--nothing.

Petofi comes downstairs at Collinwood. A suitcase stands in the foyer. Jamison enters and says, I knew this bag was yours. A spur of the moment decision, says Victor--I'm very much like you, Jamison, he says, I do just what I want when I want. I'm not like that, says the boy, I have all sorts of people who tell me what I have to do. But you don't always obey them, do you? asks Petofi. Sometimes, if I have to, says Jamison. One of the few virtues of age is that you don't have to, says Petofi--you'll see. Jamison says, you never finished telling me about Lord Kitchener and all his battles. When I come back, promises Petofi. You're coming back? asks Jamison. Quite possibly, says Petofi--have you ever run away? I tried to once, says Jamison. Petofi says, I'm running away. I'll miss you, says Jamison. Petofi says, I'll see to it that you don't. How? asks Jamison. I have all sorts of tricks you haven't seen yet, laughs Petofi, but there's no time to tell you any now--kiss me goodbye. Jamison hesitates. Are you afraid? asks Petofi--I thought we were friends. We are, says Jamison, it's just that I don't understand how you're going to stop me from missing you.
You don't have to understand everything, says Petofi, goodbye, for now. Jamison kisses his cheek. Magda and Quentin enter. Run along, Petofi tells Jamison--they've come to say goodbye. Jamison goes upstairs. I was expecting you, Petofi says, and obviously your mission was a failure--you came to plead with me. The hand isn't in Collinsport, says Magda. Your fault, says Petofi, you are a very careless custodian. You know where it is, don't you, and are going to get it now? accuses Magda. No, replies the Count, I am going to wait for you to find it for me--you played some rather dangerous tricks on my hand, but I should have expected that--all of you are children in this house--never have I seen a group of people so willing to live lies. Quentin refuses to hear anymore. It will be fascinating to see which of you will be able to live and face the truth, says Petofi--and which of you will die--already, one by one, the lies are falling away--Quentin, at least, admits what he is, and because he's closer to the truth than the others, I am leaving him a very surprising and rather interesting present---he won't like it at first, but he'll thank me for it in time. I want nothing from you, says Quentin. "Of course you don't," chuckles Petofi, "but you can't prevent me from giving it to you."--perhaps I'll be back in a little while, when I have the hand, then I will undo the mischief I'll be blamed for--goodbye--"Remember, I'll be watching you, even though you don't see me." He walks out the door. Don't let him scare you, Quentin advises Magda--he has no powers--if he did, he'd use them. Magda crosses herself, and says, "He's alive, ain't he? It takes powers to live for 150 years!"

At the top of the stairs Jamison says, "I beg your pardon," not sounding at all like himself. Quentin steps forward. Isn't the child isn't in bed? asks Jamison--don't children go to bed at a decent hour these days? (Not at Collinwood) Quentin and Magda exchange glances. Jamison says, "Lord Kitchener once told..." Magda suddenly seems to understand and is horrified. Come down, Quentin tells Jamison. "Mr. Collins, says Jamison, I'm not in the habit of being interrupted." What are you talking about? demands Quentin--don't play jokes. Jamison chides "Mr. Collins" for always being the one that's speaking of jokes. The boy has his arms hidden behind his back in a Count Petofi-like pose. Quentin grabs him, looks at him, turns to Magda. When Jamison slips his hands out from behind his back, we see they are encased in black gloves.
"Why are you staring at my gloves?" Jamison asks--"You know that I always wear gloves." Horrified, Magda says, "Ohh, he's possessed!" Quentin stares at his smiling nephew.

NOTE: Shivers! Be prepared for some awesome acting on David Henesy's part. He is really amazing here.

What did Petofi mean about learning the truth about everyone? What dubious gift is he leaving Quentin--or is Jamison's possession by the Count the gift?

So what will happen now that young Jamison is in charge of lies and truth?

Love, Robin

223
Robservations / Robservations 1/6/03 - #798-799 - Losses
« on: February 06, 2003, 12:05:29 AM »
798 - (Back in color, Selby does the intro) - This is my fate, laments Magda--I can't run away--you couldn't run from my fate, so there's no point in trying.  Resolutely, she goes to answer the door.  Barnabas watches, miserable.  Sandor is at the door, his eyes huge.  Magda laces into him--did you find another girl?--I'll give you what-for, I swear!--look at him, Barnabas, doesn't he have shame all over his face?  Sandor only mutters "Magda."  She continues to chastise him for not having anymore money.  "I come home," says Sandor haltingly.  You bet--look at him, says Magda disdainfully.  Barnabas senses something is terribly wrong as Sandor walk-staggers into the house.  Should I forgive him everything without a word? Magda asks Barnabas--"Tell me what bad things you've been doing."  "I seen Julianka, Magda," he says.  Magda crosses herself.  "When?" she asks--Julianka is dead.  Yes, says Sandor, turning, exposing to Barnabas a knife buried in his back.
What happened? asks Magda.  Barnabas says her name in a terrible voice--  "His back!" cries Barnabas.  Sandor falls face-down on the floor, the knife sticking out of his back.  Magda cries out incoherently.  She and Barnabas kneel to check on Sandor.  He's completely cold, says Barnabas--"He's been dead for a long time!"  Magda bursts into sobs.

Quentin's music plays in the drawing room; he listens and drinks.  Victor, downstairs on the phone, tells whoever he is speaking to, I must see you, Aristede, no matter how late it is--there are certain things you must be apprised of--meet me in an hour, usual place--and don't be late!  Victor joins Quentin, remarking, I thought the music indicated a love sick lady.  Far preferable to a disillusioned man, says Q.  You're too young to be that, says Victor--such a sad state--I kept all my illusions until I was 35, at least, but I avoided feeling sorry for myself.  Perhaps I have reason, says Q--have you ever had your fortune told?  Don't believe anything a gypsy tells you, advises Victor, they are a vile lot--where their hearts should be, they have only a desire for revenge--I know much about them, made quite a study.  Quentin doesn't respond.  Has a gypsy been frightening you with tall tales of your future? inquires Victor.  Three years ago, I was told I had no future, says Q.  The one at the Old House who read your palm? asks Victor.  Yes, says Q.  Americans are so charitable, says Victor, and foolish, too.  Quentin stares out the window.  Victor observes, you seem fascinated.  Moon-watching is one of my hobbies, says Quentin--one I hate.  Perhaps you should get another hobby, suggests Victor--good night.  Quentin looks pissed.  Victor, excited, closes the double doors and says, "Yes, yes, perhaps that may be the way to proceed!"

Magda, a black veil over her head, kneels at Sandor's grave.  "It is over," she laments.  "Sandor and I are over."  Barnabas drops his hand to her shoulder and says, we must get back.  "You!" she cries--"He let you out of your coffin, and what thanks did you give to him?--you took a man and made a slave out of him--he died then, my Sandor, then, not now!--one night when you are in your coffin, I will kill you, Mr. Barnabas Collins--I swear it on Sandor's grave!"  She looks old, and so sad.  "All right," she says, exposing her neck.  "Bite me.  Bite me now.  Let me be your slave, too, at least I will know then how Sandor felt those last months."  "No, Magda," says Barnabas sadly, "you will not kill me.  And I will not harm you.  We will grieve together."  (I have always loved this scene between them.  It's beautiful.)

Gazebo - Quentin stands, holding a gun.  He lifts it, wondering, do I have the courage--what am I waiting for?--Julianka was his only hope, and she's dead--who would grieve for Quentin Collins--Beth and Jamison, perhaps.  Hearing Victor calling to Aristede, Quentin hides.  Aristede is begging, "No, please, don't!"  Victor is chasing him onto the gazebo, ordering him, "Come back!--you're a fool--I could have been out of here by now!"  Once they are up on the gazebo, Quentin can't hear them anymore, so he hides behind a tree, straining to listen.

Aristede talks to Victor but Quentin can't hear them.  The fact you killed Julianka has nothing to do with me, says Aristede.  I would not have had that emotional reaction if you had gotten the hand and kept it, says Victor--we should have been out of here by now.  Julianka must have had the hand, Aristede reminds him--why didn't YOU get it from her?  Victor grabs his lapels and shakes him, asking, are you criticizing me?  No, Aristede assures him, never.  See that you don't, warns Victor, infuriated.  I'm not complaining, not at all, says Aristede.  Do you know what it's like to fall into the deepest sleep you've ever known? asks Victor--and the first thing you see upon awakening is blood on your pillow?--you rush to the mirror and what do you see--not that face you love so well, Aristede, but another face, a gift from the unicorn!  Aristede, horrified, begs, "Tell me what to do!"  Again, they converse, but Quentin can't hear.
Aristede protests, I can't talk to Quentin--he'll kill me!  Perhaps that's what I have in mind, says Victor.

Magda tells Barnabas, for the first time, I have no interest in what will happen now, tomorrow or ever.  You will, he assures her.  I cannot live without love, she says--whoever I love will die!  I know your feelings, he says--everyone I love must die, too.  Oh, Barnabas! she says, then remembers--the child, Jenny's child, Quentin's son!  Barnabas reminds her, you've never seen him.  It's possible to love without seeing someone, insists Magda--I must stop what will happen--I want to go to Mrs. Fillmore and stop it before it happens--bless him, say an old gypsy prayer.  He reminds her of the hour.  I have a feeling, says Magda--I must go tonight--now.  She leaves.  Barnabas looks sick.

Quentin is still listening to the mimes of Victor and Aristede, but we hear the latter say, I just want to get out of this place--alive.  So you shall, says Victor, as soon as you speak to Quentin--I'll tell you what to say, I wouldn't have it otherwise--I'm aware of your charms, but know conversation isn't among them.  I won't get a chance to say anything, insists Aristede--Quentin hates me, with reason!  Go now, says Victor, call me when he feels more--positive--then we will plan our little miracle--and smile, Aristede, before you go, think of the day you get the hand, the power I will have.  You, says Aristede.  Yes, says Victor, and I will be extremely greedy.  And me? demands Aristede.  You, asks Victor, you'll be the most elegant gentleman in the world--even the pockets of your suits will be made of the finest silks!--where shall we have your clothes made?--London, Paris?  I think London.  Think of London when you talk to Quentin Collins.  Aristede, shaking his head, leaves the gazebo.  Victor steps down and is grabbed from behind by Quentin, who holds the gun to his head.  "Out so late, Mr. Fenn-Gibbons?" he asks.  "Now I shan't kill you unless you refuse to tell me why you and Aristede are such good friends!"

Quentin demands, did you order Aristede to kill me?  Don't press too hard on my throat, warns Victor, there's something wrong here.  You're wasting time, says Quentin.  Let me go, begs Victor.  I can surely run faster than you, says Q, and releases him.  You're much given to melodrama, remarks Victor.  It seemed the easiest way to get you to talk, says Quentin.  My friends claim I talk too much, says Victor, but I disagree.
Tell me the truth, demands Quentin, about you and Aristede.  Victor is stunned when Quentin says that Aristede tried to kill him--has he come back to try again? asks Victor.  You tell me, says Quentin.  I wish I had known, says Victor, I certainly wouldn't have sent Aristede away--he didn't look like a murderer.  You know him very well, accuses Quentin.  Obviously not, counters Victor--I rather pride  myself on my character-reading ability--Aristede didn't look like a murderer.  Quentin shoves the gun in Victor's face and says, you aren't afraid of it, since you haven't answered any of my questions.  Victor pushes the gun away from his face and claims, I never saw that man before in my life--I seldom sleep, and stroll at night, caught sight of him. . .   "and slapped him," says Quentin.  To make him tell him the truth, says Victor--but he wouldn't reveal who he was--he claimed he was a stranger trying to find his way back to the village.  I don't believe that, insists Quentin.  You haven't much choice, do you? asks Victor--if that man tried to kill you, we should inform the police immediately.  No, says Quentin, I prefer to settle it myself.  Settle it with him, and not with ME, suggests Victor.  Perhaps I'll find I might have to settle it with both of you, says Q, pointing the gun at Victor again.  You are suspicious, says Victor--even of your local police force, but you should tell them--life is too valuable to take such chances.

5 AM - Barnabas looks at the clock and asks Quentin, are you sure there's a connection between Fenn-Gibbons and Aristede?  Positive, says Q; what it is, I don't know.  That doesn't interest me, but why Victor refuses to admit knowing Aristede does, says Barnabas.--they both want the hand, that's obvious.  Magda enters.  Quentin tells her, I'm sorry about Sandor.  Barnabas asks, has something else happened?  "It's over," she says--"No one else will die."  Oh, no, says Barnabas.  Quentin asks, what's this all about?  Don't ask me anything, says Barnabas.  Why not--is someone else going to die? asks Quentin--"It has something to do with me, doesn't it?"  He appeals to Magda, who asks Barnabas, "What does it matter?"  "Quentin, your son is dead," she says.  (no preamble there, my God!)  "So it has happened," says Barnabas sadly.  What does this means--I have no son, says Quentin--what is Magda talking about?
Barnabas apologizes and reveals--it's true--after you went away with Laura, Jenny had your twins, a boy and a girl-- Edward took them from Jenny after they were born.  "Those dolls Jenny carried," remembers Quentin, looking stricken.  "She never even told me," says Magda.  Barnabas says, "Edward wanted no reminder of you at Collinwood."  Quentin, stunned, asks, "How did my son die?"  "The curse, Julianka's curse," says Magda--"He was well this afternoon, playing in the nursery, but this evening, Mrs. Fillmore heard a scream, ran to his bed and he was dead--cold, very cold in his crib--she said it was as if he had been dead a long time before."  (just like Sandor!)  "Oh my God," says Quentin, disbelieving, "my God. . .what about the girl?"  "She's all right," says Magda.  "Gypsies do not prize girls."  (This whole scene has me close to tears.  How awful for Quentin to learn of his kids after one of them dies.)  "She must stay all right," says Barnabas.  "If Chris Jennings is going to be all right in the future."  "The future," mutters Magda.  "Let it happen.  Let the child stay alive, for us, Quentin, I do something, I swear it, I fix them good."  "No more fixing, Magda," says Quentin softly.  "No more.  My son. . .my son. .  ."  He leaves.  The clock strikes.  Barnabas asks, should we have told him?  "It don't matter," says Magda.  Barnabas asks, will you be all right?  Sure, she says, go do what you have to do, and so will I.  I wish I could stay with you, he says quietly.  "Go, Barnabas, go," she urges.  Hide the hand, he advises--Aristede is still looking for it.  The cock crows.  "Until tomorrow," says Barnabas.  "Yeah, I'll be here," says Magda, her chin trembling.  After Barnabas retires, she opens the cellar door and takes down a hatchet hanging on a nail.  She opens the box and takes out the hand.  "You don't cause no trouble no more!" says Magda.  She grips the hatchet and raises it up...

NOTES:  How unutterably tragic for Magda to lose Sandor and her nephew in the same episode!  For Quentin to learn he has a son, and in the same breath, find out he has lost him!  To see poor Beth trying to be happy, to be optimistic, but to be continually shot down by Quentin!  The performances were wonderful, kudos to all.  I can't help but wish Julianka hadn't been so cruel to Magda.  Then again, perhaps she was seeking revenge and who can really blame her?  She was forced to help and has lost her own life.

The scene in which Magda lashes out at Barnabas, then demands he bite her, and his reply that they won't harm each other, but grieve together, is another of my all time favorite scenes.  Beautifully acted and very emotionally engrossing.

How many other soaps had as much happening in one episode as DS?  It's amazing, when I think and compare, that even the one-hour soaps of today aren't as chock-full of happenings as these last two eps of DS.


799 - Magda raises the hatchet over the hand of Count Petofi after blaming it for killing her good husband, and her nephew--"You don't do nothing no more!" she proclaims.  She cuts the hand in half.  "It is done!" she cries.

She takes two pieces of the hand and puts them in a knotted handkerchief.  If King Johnny asks me where the hand is, I will tell him, vows Magda--even if he kills me!  She tosses it into the fire.

Blue Whale - Tim drinks, defiantly telling Aristede, I work for the Collins family.  When Aristede presses him for info on Quentin, Tim insists, I'm not going to discuss him with a stranger I met in a bar.  I'm willing to pay, says Aristede.  I'm an arrogant, lying drunk, says Tim, and it's a freebie--he only lives at Collinwood because his grandmother's will says so, otherwise the family would have kicked him out long ago.  I already know all that, says Aristede--what kind of info are you looking for?  I fight good, and dirty, boasts Aristede.  So does Quentin, says Tim.  I think Quentin is scared, says Aristede.  Tim retorts, I think you're scared, too.  You call it scared, I call it careful, says Aristede.  Why iare you asking all this? questions Tim.  Aristede walks behind him, drink in hand.  What are you planning for Quentin? asks Tim.  "I tell you now, and be blackmailed later," laughs Aristede-- sorry, no--we just had a misunderstanding and I must see him again, but Quentin won't want to see me.  He slings an arm around Tim's shoulders and requests a favor.  Why should I do that? asks Tim.  Because you can't trust me, either, says Aristede, we'll be very good friends.  And they clink glasses on that.

Quentin listens to his music in the drawing room, the inevitable glass of booze in his hand.  "So I'm a father, he thinks--there was going to be another Quentin Collins, but he died (who said the kid's name would be Quentin?)    And my daughter...what about her?  Is she like Jenny?  Dare I go see her?  Dare I?  Charity comes downstairs, hears Quentin's music, opens the door a second, then closes them.  She checks her appearance, pinching color into her cheeks, then enters the drawing room.  Might I come in? she asks.  You almost did, a second ago, he reminds her.  I remembered something I had to do, she says.  Didn't take you long, he remarks.  I'm very quick, she says, looking upset that he's drinking.  "Brandy at this hour?--that's what you're thinking, isn't it?" asks Q.  Charity touches her hand to her lips and denies that--I like seeing a man take a drink in the daytime, she says unconvincingly--I enjoy sophisticated men--why do you drink?  I'm in sorrow, he says.  For poor dear Judith? asks Charity.  No, for myself, says Quentin, pouring another drink, for my life, in fact, I have several sorrows.  He waves the decanter of booze under her chin and asks, would you care to drink one of them away for me?   She leans away from the smell of the brandy and chuckles--I'll join you, she agrees, but I'll have sherry.  What if your father walks in? he asks.  I'll lock the door, replies charity.  Then you'll be even MORE compromised, smirks Quentin, pouring her a drink.  She laughs, covering her mouth.  Don't you know what happens to nice ladies who are in locked rooms with drunken bachelors? he asks.  You're a widower, she reminds him, which elicits a bitter comment from him.  He asks, do you know I'm also a father?--I say that because I don't know who has heard these things and who has not.  I didn't know, Charity says.  I AM a father, he says.  I had no idea, she says.  Does that frightens you? he asks.  No, it just makes me sad, she says--your wife must have been very young and beautiful when she died.  "So I'm told," says Quentin.  It's understandable that you didn't remarry, but I'm sure in time you will find that you do need someone, just as my father found out quickly after Mama died.  He needed JUDITH, I think, says Q tellingly.  Man isn't meant to live alone, says Charity, at least I've been told.  You succeeded, he says.  Not very well, says Charity, I long to be more settled.
You'll find someone, Quentin assures her, but having money of your own would help, it always does.  Money means little to me, says Charity, and it isn't one of the things I look for in a husband--family and a sense of humor are more important--"You have a very appealing sense of humor, Quentin."  How could I? he demands--I'm always completely serious.  Someone tries to get in--Magda--Quentin says, I don't want my fortune read today.  Magda says, I must talk to you.  He laughs drunkenly and says, no one can resist my charm.  Magda enters--we must be alone, she tells Quentin.  My father doesn't like you in this house, says Charity.  (so uppity!)   Magda orders Q, tell her to leave.  He asks Charity--would you be so kind?  If we can finish our conversation later, says Charity.  He takes her hand, leans in close, as if to kiss her, then kisses her hand, saying, we don't have much choice, do we?  She trembles and laughs, then flies out of the drawing room.  Magda closes the doors and says, I have good news--I cut up the hand with a hatchet and threw it into the fire.  "NO!" screams Quentin, "NO!", and grabs her around the throat.

Quentin strangles Magda--You're a fool! he shouts--what will I do now?--do you want me to be found out?--for the curse to go on?  No, she cries, struggling in his throttling grasp.  He releases her and asks, sorrowfully, why did you burn the hand?  No good, she tells him, no good!  We could have found another Julianka, says Q.  She was the only one, insists Magda.  Someone, somewhere has got to make that hand cure me, says Q.  The hand is bad, evil, says Magda, but it won't cause anymore trouble.  No sooner are the words out of her mouth when the hand appears before them.  MAgda gasps and cries out, then screams.  Tim listens outside the drawing room door, hearing Magda yell, "Stay away!" and Quentin yelling another NO!  It's going to kill me! says Magda, turning her back, but instead, it disappears.  They look around, wondering where it went.  Magda is terrified.
The hand can't be destroyed, says Quentin, then excitedly suggests--maybe it was trying to help me, perhaps that's why you couldn't destroy it.  It came back to hurt us, insists Magda.  You told me it was the most magical hand in the world, Q reminds her.  Tim, listening, smiles.  Yes, agrees Magda.  What good has it done us? demands Q, changed a face or two?  Charity would be dead and in her grave if not for that hand, Magda reminds him.  Look at the people who are dead because of it, says Quentin, pouring another drink--your husband, Julianka and "my son!"  That's right, says Magda sarcastically, have a drink, that's a good way to get over it!  Don't tell me how to get over it, says Quentin, that's one thing I'm not very good at, or else I wouldn't be like I am.  Quentin, says Magda, we fight, I yell at you, you yell at me, but that hand has got power to do anything, if you know how to get it to work for you.  "Quentin, I ain't gonna cry no more!" she says.  All right, says Q, I'll go to Evan, he knows about the hand, he'll use it.  No, says Magda, I'd rather pray that the hand goes away, that when I return to the Old House, it won't be in the box, but gone forever.  Tim knocks at the door and greets Quentin and Magda.  I haven't been to see you in a long time, Tim tells the gypsy.  "You didn't need anymore deadly nightshade, eh?" she asks Tim.  He looks scared.  "You don't remember?" she asks.  No, says Tim--when did I buy nightshade from you?   A day or so before Minvera Trask died, says Magda.  Tim grabs her arm and demands, "I came to you?  I bought poison?"  You haven't anymore memory than anyone else in this place, complains Magda.  He releases her.  I know what you did with it, states Magda, and stalks off.  Tim tells Quentin, I have no idea what Magda is talking about, then hands him a note.  Quentin offers him a drink.  Tim refuses.  They say she has powers, that Magda, says Tim, as Quentin reads the note.  "Are you a friend of his?" Q asks in a steely voice.  No, says Tim, but he wants to see you very badly, he thinks there has been a misunderstanding between the two of you.  Misunderstanding? repeats Q--you COULD put it that way.  I know nothing but that Aristede wants to see you, says Tim--it's vital.  Interesting word--vital--says Q, it implies living, life--doesn't it?  I suppose, agrees Tim.  Quentin picks up the letter opener and says, "Vital.  Yes it is vital to see him once more--vital to me."  Is he still at the Blue Whale? Asks Quentin.  I left him there, answers Tim  Quentin races out.  Tim is about to follow when Charity appears on the stairs and calls his name, her face stony.  I came to see Quentin, he says.  "Stay away from Quentin," she spits, "you'll kill him just as you killed Mama!--get out and never come back!"  Tim goes.

Aristede lights his cheroot with a candle on the table at the Blue Whale.  Quentin enters and Aristede greets him with a smile.  "I know what I want," he says to Aristede--"what do you?"
Quentin appears to be holding something dangerous in his pocket.  Before you do anything, says Aristede, will you just listen to me?  Quentin grins--did you listen to me when you had me tied to that table?  It was wrong, not a good plan, says Arisede.  I have words you need to hear; soon the moon will be full again, so I suggest you take your hand from your pocket, sit down and listen.  Quentin takes out his watch.  Two minutes, he says, joining Aristede at the table.  Aristede asks, do you have a knife or gun in your pocket.  15 seconds, says Q.  I was wrong, admits Aristede, not to tell you certain facts about myself.  30 seconds.  There is a cure, says Aristede.  40 seconds, says Q.  "Aren't you listening to me, don't you want to be cured?" demands Aristede.  I don't believe you, says Quentin.  Do as I say, says Aristede--next week, when the moon is full, if you aren't cured, you don't have to give me what I want.  The hand, of course, says Quentin--do you know the cure?  No, admits Aristede.  If you had said you did, says Quentin, I'd have killed you--who DOES know the cure?  I can't tell you, answers Aristede, but if you come to Collinwood tomorrow night and show me you have the hand, I'll take you to someone who knows--you can put it anywhere you want, give it to anyone you trust, because WE can help you.  WE, pounces Quentin-- who else knows about me?  Someone who knows the moon better than you or I, says Aristede.  That makes no sense, says Quentin.  Does any of it makes sense? Asks Aristede, what you are, what we're sitting and discussing here?  (He has a good point!)  How much time do I have left now? asks Aristede.  Your time is up, says Quentin viciously.  Are you going to kill me? asks Aristede.  Would Mr. Fenn-Gibbons mind? Asks Q.  Aristede repeats the name, mystified.  Never mind, says Quentin, I should know better than to expect too much truth from you in one meeting.  He rises from the table and asks Aristede, what time tomorrow?--I'll be at Collinwood.  Anytime you say, answers Aristede.  Quentin leaves without another word.  Aristede takes a smiling, self-congratulatory puff on his cheroot.

Tim watches Magda through the Old House window.  When she comes to the window to look out, he quickly hides.  The clock chimes 5.  To Magda's horror, the hand emerges from the fireplace and chases after her.  She runs from the house, sobbing.  Tim enters the house and finds the hand lying on the floor.  He kneels, remembering Quentin's words that this is the most magical hand in the world--"It's got power to do anything," she said.
Tim picks up the hand (which looks quite real and grotesque), and says, "You're what I need--you're exactly what I need!".

NOTES:  What does innocent little Timmy plan to do with the hand?  Can he possibly figure out how to control it, given that no one else seems to have been able to?

Loved the conversation between Quentin and Aristede, didn't you?  The latter managed to say the one and only thing that prevented Quentin from killing him.  I also enjoyed the discussion between Charity and Quentin.  She's such an innocent, too, trying to bag Quentin as her husband.  Imagine if she knew the truth about him?  She'd surely be running in the opposite direction!  It's like watching a guppy swimming in a tank with a great white--he's eaten his share of little girls like her!  But how poignant it is to hear Quentin talking of his dead son to another person, wondering if she knew, too, before he did, that the child existed.

That blasted hand can't be destroyed, can it?  Magda tried, but it returned!  What power it must have!

Love, Robin

224
796 - This episode recaps the end of the previous, but it was re-shot.

Angelique tells Aristede--I want to see Quentin, show him to me.  While I wasn't brilliant on the last occasion we met, he says, I'm not that stupid.  I don't have the hand, admits Ang.  Get it, he says.  How can I, if I don't know where it is? She asks.  Find it, he says again.  Look at me, says Ang, the hand means nothing to me, no matter what you believe--it means so little to me, I gave it to someone else--don't look away, she says, keep looking into my eyes--let us go now, to where Quentin is,  "Lead me to him--you must do as I say."  He bursts into laughter, unlocking his eyes from hers, and shows her an amulet he's wearing around his neck--protection against youi--f you gave the hand away, which I find impossible to believe, get it back.   I need time, says Ang.  You know how much time you have, says Aristede, and it's all your friend Quentin has, so hurry!

Barnabas lifts the box containing the hand and asks Julianka, how will you save Quentin--how?  You ask too many questions, complains Julianka.  I'm concerned for his safety, says Barn.  You still do not trust me? she asks.  I must know what will happen, he insists.  You can never know, she says--my great-grandmother took pity on Count Petofi, turned him back from wolf to man, and it's her secret I know, but I am the only one who will know it, until my daughter is born--"This hand and I are the only ones who know."  We tried to use the hand before, says Barn.  Yes, how brave you and Magda were, scoffs Julianka, holding the hand in hers--only I can guide the hand.  Must you use it? demands Barnabas.  Yes, and that's all I will say, says Julianka, returning the hand to the box--there is much to be done--this must be done the moment before the moon disappears, for when it does, it must take the curse with it to the underside of time.  Barnabas,  puzzled, says, I don't know where Quentin is.  Find him, orders Julianka--I must go get precious herbs--the leaf of the nightshade, the prickly stem of the devil's satch--in the woods--I will find them and come back in time--have Quentin here, she tells him, and leaves.  (She doesn't act like one of Barnabas' usual victims, too much piss and vinegar.)

Aristede, cheroot in hand, returns to the perspiring Quentin, who, terrified, watches and struggles as the pendulum swings ever downward.  Its placement now looks like it's going to...shall we say...affect his ability to ever have more children.  (Sorry, Beth.)  Aristede tells Quentin, your fiancee is charming, not a woman I'd ever trust, but some men like to live in doubt--do you think your fiancee wants him to live?--"I see by your eyes you have some doubt--so do I. . .but we shall see, won't we?"  He laughs at Quentin, then adds, "At least I will.  You may never know."  He laughs harder as the pendulum swings inexorably downward.

Old House - Barnabas asks Angelique--why didn't you tell me about Aristede?  We aren't in the habit of confiding in each other, she reminds him.
You should have told me this, says Barn--who could this man be?--if he has Quentin. . .  He DOES, says Angelique, and we must give Aristede the hand.  I don't intend to let Quentin die, he assures her.  Wouldn't it be safer just to give him what he wants? asks Angelique--for once not to have some elaborate plot that might not work out?  "How human you suddenly sound," he chides her, amused--perhaps you have changed--I wish I could trust you.  Leave me out of it, says Ang.  I can't, he says, I have a small, nagging wonder at your even being here--you can control this Aristede if you want, make him lead you to Quentin.  She shakes her head.  I can't believe this, says Barnabas, considering you made me what I am.  Barnabas, she says, Aristede has a medallion, so I have no control over him.  Why would he? asks Barnabas--he isn't of the gypsies--Julianka is our effort to get that hand.  Who he is doesn't matter, says Ang, we are wasting time.  When are you to meet? he asks.  Fifteen minutes, she says--the woods outside Collinwood.  Meet him, says Barnabas.  It will be useless without the hand, says Ang, picking up the box.  You can't take that, insists Barn.  If I had no power over him, neither will you, says Ang.  I have advantages you don't, he says--is the medallion in the form of a cross?  No, she replies.  Then I'll try my luck says Barnabas.  "How arrogant you are," accuses Ang--"It must please you very much to have saved the day when I cannot."  Barnabas responds, "I'm saving him for his sake, not for yours or for mine, but for him, and David Collins and Chris Jennings--they are my reasons."--we must plan, says Barnabas.

Aristede admires himself in a mirror as the pendulum comes closer to unmanning Quentin.  "One must look one's best at all important moments," says Aristede, his back is to Quentin, who has managed to free his left hand from the ropes.  "As your emissary, I'm sure you want me to be at my best."  It's time for me to go for Angelique's answer, says Aristede.  The pendulum is now about two inches from target.  Aristede jovially asks Quentin, are you a gambling man?--I want to make a wager--"Aww, you don't think it's in the best of taste--you may be right," agrees Aristede--"I'll see you again."  Quentin tries to attack him with his free hand.  Aristede says, you aren't strong or clever enough.  He ties the free hand back down.  I've shown you what I believe, says Aristede--I don't trust Angelique, either--you don't think she's going to save you--well, I can't make any mistake now--I've been warned, threatened even--"This machine can be used more than once, and I have too much respect for my body to even think about lying on that table!"  Aristede smiles and bids Quentin au revoir--"At least you hope so."  And the sweating, terrified Quentin stares at the descending pendulum.

Woods - Angelique calls to Aristede, who appears.  I see you didn't bring it, he observes.  I couldn't, says Ang.  "Quentin knows you well," remarks Aristede.  I need more time, says Ang--I will get it for you.  You ask the one thing I'm powerless to grant, he says, and turns to go.  Wait, begs Ang.  I suggest you get into your clothes of mourning, he says--you'll look beautiful in black!  She turns and runs from him.  Aristede is furious at being thwarted.  He turns and stops when he hears Barnabas' voice calling, "Aristede."  A dog howls.  "You cannot go," says Barnabas--"Not yet--where is Quentin Collins?"  I don't know, says Arisede--show yourself!  Barnabas appears from the shadows.  Aristede asks, who are you?  Who are you is more the question, says Barnabas.  "Stay away from me," orders Aristede.  "You will stay here," says Barnabas, "I will willingly go, but you will not let me--if you tell me where Quentin is, you will be much better off."  No, says Aristede.  Yes, you would, insists Barnabas.  Barnabas admires his medallion--it's old, isn't it?--look into my eyes--"Look at me!"  Aristede does.  "You are powerless to resist me," says Barnabas--"You see my will in my eyes, don't you?"  Yes, says Aristede.  "We have so little time--you must tell me where Quentin is! Insists Barnabas--you understand that?"  Yes, agrees Aristede.
"Take me there the quickest way," orders Barnabas--"Start now, Aristede!"  Aristede walks as if in a trance.

Back in the old mill, the pendulum is within cutting distance of Quentin's cojones...

Quentin tries to scream for help through his gag.

Aristede lights a candle and tells Barnabas, "We wouldn't keep him in the foyer, sir."  "WE?" asks Barnabas.  Aristede explains, I often speak about myself that way.  Take me to him, commands Barnabas, calling to Quentin.  You'll wake the dead, warns Aristede.

Quentin looks around at the place where Aristede has taken him.

Aristede bursts into laughter, causing Barnabas to grab his lapels.  "You tell me, sir," says Aristede, "will he ascend to heaven or descend to hell?"  "You have tricked me!" accuses Barnabas.  No, says Aristede, you and Angelique--you didn't bring the hand.  Barnabas demands to know where Quentin is.  What difference does that make?--he only has a moment or two left, says Aristede--and he's miles from here.  Where?--I want to know, says Barnabas.  I'll tell you, agrees Aristede.  Barnabas tosses him against the wall.  If you want to go for the body, a useless thing to me, says Aristede. . .you can congratulate me on my cleverness--he's in an abandoned mill by Sutter's Creek.  Barnabas asks, are you lying?  There's no reason for me to lie, says Aristede--you could never get there in time to save him.  Barnabas promises, we will meet again, and disappears.  Aristede, flabbergasted, hears the sound of squeaking--where did Barnabas go?

Barnabas races into the old mill and pushes the table against the wall, saving Quentin from a horrible, painful and very bloody death.  Quentin gasps, very relieved.  The pendulum slams harmlessly into the table, right near his foot...

Old House - Julianka lights candles (including a black one, of course).  She holds up a glass of nightshade, "a gift of the devil god for those who hunt rest without peace."  The devil's thatch, a gift to remind us that agony is not only human, for the spirit lives on, and when there is spirit, there is agony.  Great god of the distant mountains, beloved of my people, help me tonight when the moon begins its downward path--give me the power that was my mother's--let me help this man."  She holds her hands in prayer.  Barnabas and Quentin enter.  She looks at the latter and says, I see the sign over his head.  Rest, she tells Quentin.  He sinks down on the purple thing and asks, can you cure me?  She nods.  Are you sure? he asks--if you use the hand, might I not turn into something even more frightening?
Not if the ancient gods are with us, she says--and they will be--I must go in a moment, find the one thing that will draw them here--it will not fail-- the new blood of the orris root.  Quentin turns away, disgusted.  "You do not believe me," says Julianka.  "You will.  Wait!  You are luckier than Count Petofi.  Before my great grandmother cured him, he had to pay her with his hand."  (don't make me say anything now, please!)  Why must you go out again? Asks Barnabas--why didn't you get it the first time?  The gods will only come if they are summoned the moment we begin, explains Julianka--it is now 10 minutes past 3, and the moon will be where it must be at 4 o'clock.

Later - Angelique looks at the clock and assures Quentin, you are safe.  You should have let me die, says Quentin--where is she?--she should have been here by now--is this another gypsy joke?  No, says Barnabas.  You seem so positive--why? asks Quentin--she's run out on me.  We have 10 minutes, says Barnabas--"I'll go look for her."--Angelique, make sure Quentin doesn't leave the house.  There's no need for you to stay here, says Quentin.  "I'd like to," she says softly.  He laughs--now don't sound human, I'm not impressed--I remember where you came from, how you came here and why.  I'm sure you do, says Ang--I will have to make you forget all that, won't I?  She grins at him.

Barnabas searches the woods, calling to Julianka.
He finds her, on the ground, moaning, a strange mark on her forehead.

NOTES:  Other soaps seems pretty humdrum compared to DS.  Imagine, a pendulum threatening one of the heroes!  Did it get any better than this?  I read that both Selby and Stroka couldn't remember their lines and there was no room for the TelePrompTer in that small space, so they ad-libbed their lines--and the scene turned out perfect, time-wise.  Both Barnabas and Quentin accuse Angelique of being "human," and she really did seem so today.  Robbed of her powers by the medallion, she had to turn this one over to Barnabas--yet Aristede wasn't taken in by him.  I guess Aristede doesn't know Barnabas is a vampire, and that he can get to places much faster than a mortal man.  Gripping episode--when this one began, and we saw that Quentin was destined to be sliced in that very sensitive spot, didn't you want to go ouch, guys?  What has happened to Julianka, who seems to be Quentin's last hope for beating the curse?

Stroka plays a wonderful, oily villain--you can see he loves to torture people, like a cat with a mouse.  He'll be doing some of that to one of our favorite people in the not too distant future.


797 - (Black and white) - Magda and Quentin gaze out the Old House window, both looking somber.  Quentin asks why Julianka hasn't returned--the ceremony must begin by a certain time.  Magda suggests she just got lost, wandered farther than she thought, and she knows better than you when the ceremony must start.  Then where is she? he asks, unnerved--I wish you'd let Angelique stay; it was a mistake to let Barnabas go out, since he might have been spotted.  Magda rifles through her tarot cards and reminds Quentin--no one sees Barnabas unless he wants to be seen.  Then where are they? demands Quentin--can you tell me that--and don't look at the cards, they are bound to show misfortune?  If you go on like this, says Magda, you won't be in any shape for the ceremony.  Sorry, he says, but I'm more than just an interested spectator, he reminds her.  So am I, says Magda, picking up the box containing the hand.   Why? asks Quentin--I don't get your concern.  Let it be understood, she says that I want Julianka to come back as much as you do.  Barnabas returns, looking very, very sad.  They both ask, did you find her?  Yes, he says soberly, "She is dead."

Barnabas arranges Julianka's body on a bed in the secret room behind the bookcase.  He hands Magda the orris root he found in her hand, and says--"The mark was on her forehead, and she was dead."  It isn't a gypsy mark, says Magda, I never saw such a mark--no, wait, I have, but I can't remember where (although she clearly does, and doesn't wish to say), and adds, I might be wrong.  Perhaps you know something that can help us, says Barnabas, begging--try to remember--it might be able to help us discover who murdered her--can you recall anything?  And if she knew, says Quentin, would it make a difference?--would it make those dead lips tell their secrets?--no, it's gone, forever, just like my hope.  Don't give up hope, urges Barnabas.  Why, demands Q, what will we do next?  Barnabas swears, I'll think of something.  And it will fail as surely as everything else has, says Q, our only hope died with that girl, the one person who could have saved me.  They leave the secret room; Magda closes the bookcase.  Quentin is clearly about to leave.  Barnabas asks, where are you going?  I don't know, says Quentin--there's nothing to be done here, or anywhere else.  We'll think of something else, Barnabas promises.  Spare me your rosy optimism, says Quentin, it's completely unappreciated--perhaps you can bear your own burden bravely, but I find mine intolerably heavy.  Will you be at Collinwood? Asks Barn.
Quentin retorts, "What for?  To help carry the gypsy back to her grave?  I'm sorry, but I'm carrying burden enough--I don't know how much longer I'll be able to do it."  Quentin leaves.  Barnabas sinks slowly into a chair, as if exhausted, and says, I didn't think it would happen this soon.  What? asks Magda.  The second event that's happened, says Barnabas, describing Jamison's disturbing dream--in which I learned three things would happen--first the silver bullet being brought to Collinwood (the one Magda dropped).  Before I had a chance to realize it, the first event was over and done with.  The second event occurred tonight, with Julianka's death.  Magda laments, I never should have stolen the hand.  She takes it from the box.  I didn't know the trouble it could cause, I swear it, she says.  I know that, Barnabas assures her--the vision, unfortunately, improves a great deal after the thing has happened--in the case of the third event, I must find out before it happens--Quentin will be rejected by the one person he truly loves--if that happens, it's too late--for all of us, for shortly after that, Quentin will die, and everything I have worked for will end tragically.  Magda gasps with dismay.  I must learn when the third even will happen, so I can be prepared for it, says Barn.  There's no way of definitely knowing the future, says Magda--there are tea leaves and tarot, but based on a calendar, no--how do we even know there's a future?--now it's 1897, suppose I say 1927, 1967 (the year Julia and Barnabas show up on DS), how do I know that date will ever really arrive?  Of course there's a future! insists Barnabas, because the future for you is the present for me, and I'd give anything to be able to go back there for 10 minutes.  Would that help? asks Magda.  In my time, there is a history of the Collinses printed in 1965, says Barnabas, which would have printed the date of Quentin's death (inaccurately, I bet)--that would help me a great deal--if only Eve hadn't gone back to the past to get that book for Vicki, who brought it back to the 18th century when she went there, so Eve brought it back to the present.  Eve, Vicki, who are these people? asks Magda, confused--when did she take the book?  Not too long ago, says Barnabas--don't concern yourself--these people are shadows of my present and your future.  He turns and says, yes, it didn't happen too long ago--it hasn't happened yet--there's still a chance to save Quentin--because by looking in the book that lies in the old Colonial courthouse--Eve did take it, which happened in 1968, which hasn't happened yet--so the book must still be in the courthouse now.  Magda tells him that part of the courthouse collapsed two years ago--they never fixed it, but built a new one--the old one is closed up.  You could go there, says Barn.  You really think this book would help? she asks.  I thinks someone should at least search there for it, he replies.  I could get in there, she says, and will go right now.  Right now, he agrees--I was caught unprepared twice, I can't get caught unprepared again, says Barnabas to himself.

Quentin enters Collinwood, exhausted.  He pours a drink.  Beth enters.  I've been waiting for you to come back, she cries--it was so terrible, knowing you were out there. . .  He suddenly drops the glass, which shatters, and says, "No, stay away from me!"  This upsets her--what have I done?  Quentin spots the mark of the pentagram on her forehead.
It's not what You've done, he says but what I will do.  He stares at the pentagram on her forehead with self-loathing.  What you'll do to whom? she asks.  To you, he says.  Why would you want to do anything to me? she asks.  Do you think I had control over what I did to anyone else? he asks--what makes you think I'll have control the next time?--please, go away, he begs, get out of Collinwood now--any minute now, I could become the beast and you my prey.  She moves in close, her mouth inches from his, touching his chest.  "Beth, I don't want to think about the possibility of killing you!" he says desperately.  You can't kill me, she reminds him, not as long as I have the pentagram.  Pentagram or not, the mark was there, says Quentin, and a time will come when you're without it, and at the mercy of the beast.  I won't take it off, says Beth.  "Stop trying to convince me, Beth! yells Quentin--now that beast is going to kill you, unless you run so far, he won't be able to find you."  Far from him means far from you, says Beth tearfully, and I don't want that, because I lo...   Love me, finishes Quentin bitterly--"Well I hope your love is strong enough that you won't mind dying for it when the time comes."  Stop talking that way! she begs.  Why, does it frighten you? he asks cruelly?  Yes, she admits.  Good, says Quentin, then maybe you'll have sense enough to go away.  No, she says, as he pours himself another drink, I won't leave you--where are you going?  To my room, he says, it's a more comfortable place to get absolutely death-blind drunk.  I want to come with you, says Beth.  Come along, he says softly--perhaps I'll get drunk enough to forget I saw that mark on your forehead, and we can have a few minutes of "forgetfulness."  He touches her chin teasingly.  I'd like that, says Beth, smiling.  "Good girl, Beth," he says, "and always faithful--loyal to the end--maybe they'll put that on your tombstone."  (Oh, that is soooo mean!)  He walks past her; Beth trails after him, despite his bitterness and the fact that he doesn't seem to want her at all.

Barnabas exits the secret bookcase room.  Magda comes in, seemingly empty-handed.  I went to the courthouse, she says, and got the book (she takes it from her shawl).  Barnabas eagerly takes the book and rifles through the end of the century.  Aw, hell, the date of Quentin's death isn't written.  Magda takes the book and reads the note written there--before the year 1875 (1897)  ended, Quentin Collins left Collinsport for a voyage around the world.  What does that mean? she asks.  Barnabas explains--it's one of the ways the Collins family said something terrible happened, so bad it cannot even be printed--and so, a socially accepted lie is devised--a trip to London (that one was for you, Barn!), a trip to anywhere else--anything so the world is kept away from what really happened.  There isn't much time, says Magda.  I wish I had realized the gypsy girl was the only one who could have saved Quentin! Laments Barnabas--I'd have watched over her and kept her from being murdered!  Barnabas whirls around--the gypsy girl--they can get her spirit to speak to them from beyond the grave!--perhaps she can still tell us how to save Quentin!
I don't like that idea, says Magda.  You've been involved with death before, he reminds her, why hesitate now? Have a seance without me, suggests Magda.  I cannot do without you, says Barnabas impatiently, since you and Julianka are both gypsies--what's the matter?  Magda confesses, reluctantly, that if Julianka is anything like her grandmother, who was very scary when angered--when I was a child, she used to scare me and the other children.  But you are no longer a child, reminds Barnabas--Jenny's children need to know what Julianka can tell us--two gypsy children are doomed without your help.  Convinced, Magda asks, when will we have the seance?  As soon as you get Quentin, says Barn--and remember, whatever happens must do so before dawn!  Magda says, perhaps I'm a fool, but something about all this frightens me.  "You are a fool, and a coward!" shouts Barnabas, furious.  This insults Magda, who asks--would a coward go to the courthouse?--get that book for you?--do for you what I do everyday?  We have no time for your gypsy temper, he warns.  I still have this terrible feeling, says Magda. . .  "AND WE HAVE NO TIME FOR YOUR GYPSY FEELINGS!" shouts Barnabas, right in her face, his countenance twisting with fury--go get Quentin, and hurry!

Quentin's room - his music plays.  He's drinking, listening, looking depressed.  Beth kneels and suggests--when this is all over, perhaps we can take a trip somewhere.  The only trip we are going to take is to hell, remarks Q, drinking.  Stop thinking like that, orders Beth.  Do you know any other way? queries Quentin.  Please stop drinking, adds Beth, it isn't good for you.  Sure, says Q, we must keep the condemned man healthy for his execution.  He slumps back in his chair.  Stop, she begs.  Be quiet, says Quentin, I'm trying to listen to my music (both Collins cousins are very pissy in this episode, aren't they?)  Beth stands, smiling, and says, I've always wanted to go to Vienna, and wear silk gowns, and diamond earrings.  She sways, dancing, "and waltz all night long," she adds.  Quentin says, "And may I suggest if you're ever going to go, it had better be now."  I want to go with you, insists Beth.  Drunkenly, Quentin says, I don't think that can fit into my schedule right now--go on dreaming, because dreams are all you get at Collinwood--and one last nightmare.  Beth continues to dance and dream.  She looks at Quentin when someone knocks at the door.  It's Magda--Barnabas wants you, and fast, she says--he has a plan.  Beth asks what plan?--I'm coming, too.  Magda says Barn only wants Quentin.  Q claps Magda on the shoulder and says all right, Quentin he'll get--you must excuse me, Beth, I must beg off the next waltz.  Beth starts to blather something about Barnabas' plan working.  Quentin ignores her optimism and says, let's go, Magda, mustn't keep our ever-hopeful cousin waiting.  And they go.  Beth sits down in the chair Quentin vacated, looking as if she's going to cry.  And the music plays.

Old House - seance - Barnabas calls to Julianka's spirit--gypsy of the Romana clan, only you can tell us what we must know--break the silence of the grave and speak to us--penetrate the darkness of the grave and speak to us!  Magda and Quentin, who have joined hands with him, look nervous, especially Magda.  Wind fills the room.  Thunder rolls.  Julianka's spirit calls to them:  "I do not like death at all!" she complains, appearing to them.  Tell us what we must know, says Barnabas--I beg you.  Beg from now until the time I am made flesh and blood again, she snarls, stepping creepily down--I will tell you nothing--you called me here, I came, I died before my time.  "How could we know, we needed your help?" asks Barnabas desperately.  You meant me no harm, but caused my murder, chides Julianka--I am dead now!  We had nothing to do with your death, says Barnabas.  I met my blood in your woods while I was gathering the blood of the orris root to take a curse from one of your number, says Julianka--the orris root was in my hand when I died, but it was my blood that was on it--"and he who is cursed among you will remain cursed forever!, forever, forever.. . ."  Quentin cries, I can't listen to this!, and runs out.  It wasn't Quentin's fault, protests Barnabas, nor is he the only one who suffers from the curse--there are two young children whose mother was a gypsy!  I refuse to help them, says Julianka, my own blood or not--they no longer deserve the name because of her--and she points an accusing finger at Magda, who cries out.  Stay away from me, begs Magda.  Julianka says, I will go away and stay away forever, but before I do, I will lay my curse upon you.  "You stole the hand from your own people, you who severed the chains that must be linked together forever.  You who dishonored us--you deserve to die!"  Then let me die, sobs Magda.  No, says Julianka, my curse will bring you tears and more tears, and more graves and only loneliness...   What do you mean? asks Magda.
This is the curse I lay upon your head, says Julianka--first will come three knocks on the door--hear them and begin to weep, for they will herald the beginning, but not the end--the first but not the last--you will live, Magda Rakosi, but everyone you love will die!  Magda rises and begs, don't do this--listen!  Julianka, however, has already faded way.  "Barnabas," sobs Magda, "she is gone, she is gone, what shall I do!"  Barnabas goes to her and says, "She came once, perhaps she will come again--you must plead with her to undo what she has done before it happens!"  Yes, agrees Magda, I will.  Unfortunately, at that very moment, they hear three knocks at the door.  "It is already too late!" Magda cries.

Note:  Curses!  It's always a woman who sets them on DS.  This was a really cruel one for poor Magda, who has already lost so much.  Quentin's treatment of Beth was horrible.  We know he's upset, but she loves him desperately--can't he at least try for her sake?  He seems a lot less mature about his situation than Barnabas.  Julianka's curse left me feeling cold all over.  What new tragedy will befall poor Magda now?  Is Beth doomed to die at Quentin's furry hands?

Love, Robin

225
Robservations / Robservations 2/4/03 - #794/795 - Hope For Quentin?
« on: February 03, 2003, 11:53:50 PM »
794 - The werewolf growls in the confines of the chair.  He stands, looks at his paws, knocks over a table and flees the house.  Victor watches him go.  I must get the hand, he says.  He enters the Old House and sees table that held the box is now empty.  Frustrated, he slams his hand down on it.

Collinwood - Angelique looks out the window, hears a wolf howl, a sound that scares her (sure, that's her fiance howling out there).  Victor comes in--where's Edward? He asks.  He isn't here, says Angelique--perhaps he's in his study.  Don't bother him, says Victor, I can't resist talking to a beautiful young woman (horny old goat).  She grins, flattered.  I will be staying at Collinwood and I hope we will become fast friends, he says--call me Victor.  (and to the Victor go the spoils?)  I'll been around a week or two, he says, then go off to see the rest of your country--are you related to the Collins?  I almost was, she replies.  I'm sorry for prying, he says.  I understand, says Ang--I was engaged to a Collins, but it didn't work out, so I'm a guest, as you are.  We have something in common, they agree.  Your family came from Martinique? he asks, looking at some of the bric a brac.  My ancestors, she corrects.  Have you she ever been there yourself? Victor asks.  No, never, she says.  (liar!)  I was there in 1887 on a mission for the bureau of trade, he says, and sought some knowledge of the natives' customs, civilization, etc.--do such things interest you, like believes of various primitive people and their uses of magic, both black and white?  Of course I'm interested, she says, but I have no knowledge of them.  Fascinating place, Martinique, he says, you should go there someday.  Perhaps I will, she agrees.  I want to go see Edward, says Victor--where is the study?  Oh, dear, says Victor, I left the Collinsport Inn without taking my valuable out of the safe--I wanted to bring Edward a gift.  Too bad, she says.  I'm going back to the Inn at once, he says--don't tell Edward about the gift--I want it to be a surprise.  He leaves.  Ang appears uncertain.  She hears a strange, high-pitched sound and looks around.  She goes to Barnabas' portrait and looks at it, then smiles.  She throws her cape around her and leaves.

Aristede accepts a drink from the bartender at the Eagle and asks for a glass of chartreuse for his expected companion.  Victor enters the bar and joins Aristede at the table.  He's pleased to hear the efficient Aristede has already ordered something for him.  I found your young lady, says Victor, but didn't get the hand--I can almost forgive your blunder--she's beautiful--almost, adds Victor.  Aristede lights a cheroot for him.  The lady named Angelique may be a most formidable enemy, or a most valuable friend, says Victor.  I regard her as an enemy, says Aristede, since she tried to choke me.  The hand doesn't always bring out the best in people, says Victor--she would kill to get it, as would you, or I.  I vow to kill her next time I see her, says Aristede.  I doubt that, says Victor--I'm convinced she has supernatural powers, which means it will be tough to get the hand from her.  We must get the hand, says Aristede.  Victor counters, "*I* must get it!"  Allow me to get it back, begs Aristede.  This calls for careful planning, says Victor, and finesse--we will have to stick around longer than I anticipated--I have an ideal base from which to operate--Collinwood--Edward accepted the forged letter (a ha!) without question, accepting me as a member of the English aristocracy--I will work on Angelique from there; you will stay in the village.
Why? asks the latter.  No one must know about our relationship--you will do nothing until I tell you to--is that quite clear?  Yes, says Aristede, whatever you want.  Suddenly fearful, Victor points to a young woman standing at the bar, an exotic and beautiful young gypsy girl.  It's only a gypsy, says Aristede.  "You know how I hate them," says Victor.  I told you there were gypsies here, Aristede reminds him.  "The one who was responsible for bringing the hand here?" asks Victor, draining his glass.  No, says Aristede, I've never seen this one before.  Victor, adamant, scared and angry, orders--find out who she is and what she's doing here, and report to me in the woods outside Collinwood.  I promise to do as I am asked, Aristede assures him, surveying the comely gypsy now accepting a drink at the bar.

Aristede goes up to the young gypsy and says hello.  What do you want? she asks.  To meet you, he says, I find your face new and attractive.  Go away, she says.  I have a fondness for gypsies-- why have I never seen you here before? He asks.  I've never been here, she says.  Will you be staying? He asks.  What is it to you? she wonders.  I think you're very beautiful, says Aristede.  That means nothing to me, the woman replies.  (I love her clipped accent.)  I hope you are one of the gypsies who live in the village, he says.  Do you know them? she asks eagerly--like one named Magda Rakosi?  I've met her, he says.  I'm anxious to know where I can find her, says the young woman.  I'll tell, promises Aristede--if you tell me your name.  I don't understand why you want to know, she says.  "I like you," he replies.  "My name is Julianka," she says--just forget it--I won't be around long enough for anyone to "like" me.  He repeats her name, gives her his, and says, I hope you won't forget it--I'll take you to Magda after we've had a drink together.  He raises his glass to her.  All right, she agrees, clinking her glass to his.

Old House - Someone knocks at the door.  Barnabas checks to see who it is--Angelique.  Come in, he says, I must talk to you.  I sense urgency in your tone, she says, smiling--could it be that you are finally willing to admit I was right?--"I told you they'd find out about you, and then your mission here in this century would become impossible."  If that happens, he says, it would be your fault, not mine.  Meaning? she asks.  I spoke with Magda, he explains, who said Quentin appealed to you for help--have you agreed to help or haven't you?  Yes, she says.  How? he asks.  He told me about the hand, says Ang, and so I was able to get it for him--I tried to use it, but wasn't successful--Quentin underwent another transformation, she admits.  You fool! Snarls Barnabas--even you should have realized you couldn't control that thing.  I don't understand its powers anymore than you do, she says, so how could I have used it?--you always underestimate me--failure doesn't mean defeat to me, I will master the powers of the hand and try again, and keep on trying until I succeed.
Why have you decided to meddle in this--what have you to gain by helping Quentin?  A husband, she says.  He's stunned.  Quentin has agreed to marry me if I successfully end the curse.  "Stay away from Quentin Collins," warns Barnabas.  You aren't his keeper, Angelique reminds him.  You're meddling with history, and the lives of those in the future, he says.  And what about you? she asks.  (good point)  I tried not to change history, he says, you're doing this to spite me, it's your only reason.  "I'm doing it because I'm bored--with you, and the future and the past and the present," says Angelique--"I've bided my time, have waited and waited, I'm sick of waiting.  Life, even for people like us, Barnabas, is meant to be lived--I intend to start living it, and there's nothing you can do to stop me!"  She turns on her heel and leaves.  Barnabas closes the door behind her and tiredly ponders what happens next.

Aristede and Julianka walk through the woods.  He shows her the Old House, where Magda lives.  It isn't where you'd expect a gypsy to live, is it? asks Julianka.  No, he agrees.  I am grateful to you, she says.  He caresses her shoulder and suggests, show your gratitude by coming to the Blue Whale for a drink after you're finished tonight--I'll be waiting for you.  She takes out a sharp knife and holds it up threateningly.  Maybe you'll see me again, and maybe not, she says, then whirls away, heading to the Old House.  Aristede lights a cheroot, watching her go.  Julianka looks in the window of the Old House, then, knife in hand, opens the door and lets herself in.  Who are you and what do you want? asks Barnabas from the darkness.  Who are YOU? demands Julianka.  Answer my question and I'll answer yours, says Barnabas.  Julianka, she says--I'm looking for Magda.  Barnabas steps forward.  Why do you want to see Magda? he asks.  I heard she put a curse on one who lives at Collinwood, says Julianka--I have come to end the curse.  Barnabas stares at her. . .

Barnabas turns on a lamp.  He looks at Julianka--do you think you can end Quentin's curse? He asks.  I know I can, she says--but who are you?  Barnabas Collins, he says.  Yes, she says, I have heard of you, from Sandor Rakosi, who traveled to Montreal to find me and is still there with members of my tribe.
How will you end the curse? he asks.  I'm forbidden to tell, she says--my great-grandmother began the curse, when she put it on Count Petofi, and she passed the secret of the curse on to my grandmother, who passed it on to my mother, who passed it on to me--I am the only one who knows, and cannot reveal it.  I don't need to know what it is, says Barnabas, as long as you're sure it will work.  Oh, I'm sure, she says, but before I apply the cure, we must discuss my price--did you think there wouldn't be one?  I didn't know, says Barnabas.  Then perhaps I should see Magda, says Julianka.  Not necessary, says Barn, tell me.  She is of King Johnny Romano's tribe, says Julianka, and I am told Magda paid him a visit and stole a valuable possession.  The hand of Count Petofi, says Barnabas, and you want it back now.  Yes, she says. Unfortunately, says Barn, neither Magda nor I have the hand--it's in the possession of someone I know.  You will try to get it from this person? She asks--I advise you to try very hard, "Mr. Barnabas," because if you can't get it, I will return to the tribe and your friend's curse will go on.  Barnabas says, I need time.  She gives him 24 hours.  That's enough, he says.  I hope so, says Julianka--remember, without the hand, there will be no cure.  I remember, says Barnabas--stay here, I'll come back ASAP.

Aristede still stands in the woods, smoking.  He hears rustling.  The werewolf attacks Aristede, who cries out.  Victor appears; Aristede warns him away--"He'll get you!" he yells.  No, says Victor--be quiet, Aristede, get out--I am not afraid of this creature, nor is the creature afraid of me.  Aristede flees as told.  Victor puts his hand on the creature's shoulder and says softly, "I know who and what you are.  You don't understand me now, but you will when the time comes.  In the meantime, stay here, and do exactly what I tell you to do."
The werewolf and Victor seem as one in this moment.

NOTES (some from previous eps):  I have a very hard time understanding much of Victor's dialogue, so if some is missing or wrong, my apologies.  I remember having this trouble before.  His voice is so low and scratchy, it's hard to comprehend.

I thought Julianka was cool when I was a teenager.  She had great hair, and pretty eyes, and that clipped diction that sounded foreign and neat.

It really hurt to see Beth's devotion to Quentin and know he agreed to marry Angelique.  This sets in motion a tragedy, and once again, Angelique manages to wreck things.  Actually, she and Barnabas are BOTH mucking up 1897 and the future, but they'd never believe it of themselves, just each other.   And in scenes like this, they just crackle together.  Notice how he summoned her?  How many other couples have that form of communication?  LOL!

Hand, hand, who's got the hand?  It really does become rather humorous.   Victor and Aristede are both dangerous men, and as a pair, they are quite odd.  Aristede seems ready to do anything for him, including die.

Angelique is quite the little actress, convincing Edward, who seemed so implacable against her.  All she had to do was play the poor little victim routine and he bought it all.  Edward isn't too bright, is he?

They are really committing Judith quickly, but then again, she really seemed to take off in her madness rather quickly, too.


795 - Quentin, handsome face restored, chest exposed (yummy), awakens to find himself bound, sitting in a chair in a dark place.  He struggles against the ropes.  Aristede assures him the bonds are quite strong.  "You again," says Q distastefully.  Don't exert yourself, suggests Aristede--I'm persistent, and when I want something, I let nothing get in my way.  I gave you what you wanted, says Quentin.  "But I seem to have misplaced it again" complains the cheroot-smoking Aristede.  I don't have the hand anymore, says Quentin.  I know that, says Aristede, but you are going to help me get it back.  He walks over and raises a guillotine, a la Poe's Pit and the Pendulum, and above a table, to Quentin's horror.

Aristede tells Quentin this is part of "our" plan.  Who's working with you? asks Quentin.  A mere slip of the tongue, says Aristede--no one you'd know.  Just how will you use that? asks Q.   Aristede promises, you'll know then the time comes--you are here less than an hour.  It's the same night, realizes Quentin--you brought me here, you saw.  Yes, admits Aristede, I saw the amazing transformation from beast to man, it happened right in this room.  Impossible, I would have killed you, says Q.  You were easily subdued, Aristede assures him.  Quentin asks for a mirror.  It won't be necessary, says Aristede, it gives me great pleasure to bring you a small moment of consideration--your face was restored.  Did you do it? asks Q.  I don't know how, says Aristede, maybe just luck.  Quentin laughs--I am the lucky one--what is going to happen?   If your luck holds out, nothing, says Aristede--stop asking questions and pray for your life.  Aristede checks out the pendulum.  Why are you doing this to me? asks Quentin--I don't even know you!  I don't take any pleasure in all this, says Aristede--you must not take it personally, this is my job, and you've been chosen to help me do it.  He kneels to untie Quentin's ankles.  Quentin looks at the guillotine and sighs.

Angelique sits reading in the drawing room.  Barnabas, hiding behind the curtains, calls to her.  She closes the double doors--you never should have come here, she says.  I summoned you again and you ignored me, he says.  I didn't want to continue our earlier argument, she says.  That's not why I summoned you, he says, something important happened after you left.  Anxiously looking over her shoulder, she says we can't discuss this here, if someone from the family shows up... He reminds her, I can get away quickly enough.  It isn't you I'm worried about; I've gone to great pains to disassociate myself from you and re-establish myself in the household.  "I'm almost amused," remarks Barnabas.  (Loved the way he said that!)  Say it and leave, insists Ang.  Give me the hand, he says.  She refuses--not to you or anyone.  He explains, that someone came to the Old House who knows how to use the hand to cure Quentin.  Who? asks Ang.  A gypsy Magda sent for, says Barn--she wants the hand first--that's her price, and she intends to keep it.  Angelique looks unsure.  She walks away and says, tell her the answer is no.  I was right, says Barnabas--your feeling for Quentin--you made the deal with him to spite me, not because you care for him.  No, says Angie, you're wrong--I do care about Quentin, I feel strangely sorry for him.  "You never felt sorry for anyone in your life," accuses Barnabas.  And you have never been willing to admit I might have feelings, retorts Angie bitterly.  You had them once, says Barn, if you have any feelings now, you'll help Quentin.  She looks a bit shamed, and says, perhaps I will.  Just perhaps? says Barn.
My helping Quentin depends on you yourself, says Ang--you indicated earlier than you would do everything in your power to keep Quentin and me apart--if that's still your intention, you get nothing from me--if you promise to do nothing to interfere with my plans for Q, I will give you the hand.  You must realize, says Barn, my concern is not just for Quentin, but for two others in the future.  Ang says, your other involvements mean nothing to me--I've stated my terms, give me an answer.  I promise not to interfere. says Barnabas.  Wait for me outside, on the edge of the woods, and I'll get you the hand, says Ang, not seeming terribly happy about it.  We hear a squeaking bat, and Barnabas is gone.

Aristede orders Quentin to his feet.  Quentin struggles to rise.  Go to the table and lie on it, commands Aristede.  Quentin objects.  The other man orders, "Do as I say!" and brings out the Dancing Girl and holds it to Quentin's throat.  "You're insane!" says Q.  "On the table," orders Aristede.  Quentin lies back, and stares up nervously at the sharp blade above him.  Aristede binds Quentin's hands to the table, too.  It's wise for you to cooperate, says Aristede--if you hadn't, the Dancing Girl would have finished you.  What difference does it make? asks Quentin, you're going to kill me anyway.  I never said that, says Aristede--I want you to live.  "Then don't do this to me!" cries Quentin.  I'm afraid the decision isn't mine, says Aristede.  Whose is it?  asks Q--if it's the hand, maybe I can help you get it.  Aristede apologizes--the plan has been set in motion and we must follow through to the end.
Tell me the plan, demands Quentin.  Aristede explains, your life now depends on someone else, and if that someone loves you, you'll live--if not...well. . .  Aristede takes out a white handkerchief--there's one more thing to do--I doubt anyone would be walking by this building at this hour, but just in case...I wouldn't want you to be able to summon help--and he stuffs the handkerchief into Quentin's mouth.  Aristede sets the pendulum swinging, then bursts into laughter.  Quentin's terrified eyes follow it, back and forth, back and forth...

Old House - Barnabas returns with the hand and gives it to Julianka.  I didn't think you would succeed, says the girl, and tries to snatch is from him.  Not quite yet, says Barnabas--we still have a few matters to discuss.  I must see the hand first, she says--open it.  He does so.  "The hand of Count Petofi" says Julianka reverently.  I did my part, says Barnabas, the next step is up to you--you must immediately cure the curse.  What about that? she asks.  You get your payment when services are rendered, not before, says Barn.  Then it's impossible for me to do anything, she says, the hand is part of it, and without it, I can't cure your friend.  It's already been tried and failed, says Barnabas.  Of course it failed, says Julianka, because there are very few people who actually know how to use it--I am one of them!--you do not believe me?  Yes I do, says Barn.  Then let me have it, she says.  How soon can you start? He asks--must we wait for the next full moon?  His back to her, he doesn't see her reaching into a pocket.  He turns and finds her holding a knife on him--"your friend is going to suffer through many more full moons," says Julianka.   He takes a step toward her.  Stay right there, she orders, I know how to use the knife and will cut out your heart if I have to.  "You never had any intention of keeping your word," says Barnabas.  I came to get the hand and kill Magda--or both, she says.  I understand your feeling about Magda, says Barnabas--she stole this from you.  She betrayed her own people, says Julianka, that was her crime.  What about the man I want you to help? demands Barnabas--he's never done anything against you.  It was Magda who tried to put the curse on him, says Julianka, and Magda who tried to remove it.  For a good reason, says Barnabas.  "I care nothing about reasons!" says Julianka.  Forget about Magda, says Barnabas, but help this man--I'm willing to pay!  Money can't buy the value of this hand--you don't understand what it means to us--"Goodbye Mr. Barnabas," she says, and leaves the house.  It isn't goodbye, not at all, says Barnabas.

Woods - Julianka, hurrying through the forest, is accosted by a bat.  She screams when Barnabas appears before her.  Presumably, he applies a little vampire persuasion to the beautiful young gypsy.  "What are you?" she demands.  I think you know what I am, says Barnabas.  His eyes are highlighted as he orders, "Look at me."  Please, she begs, I'll give the hand back to you, go away and never return.  You will stay until you finish curing the curse, he says, and will be permitted to leave unharmed--do you understand?  Yes, she says.  I had no intention of dealing with you this way, he says, but it had to be so--now you will do wherever I tell you to do--you knows that, right?
Yes, she says.  You have no need to be afraid, says Barn.  "I am not afraid," she says, totally entranced.

Collinwood - Angelique sits by the fire.  Aristede taps at the window, beckoning for her to come outside.  She opens the window, looks out and closes it, grinning.  She leaves the house.

Back at the Old House, Barnabas tells Julianka, I'll keep the hand until you need it.  Yes, of course, she says, sounding a lot like Charity.  How long it will take to cure the curse? asks Barnabas.  It isn't necessary to wait for a full moon, says Julianka--bring Quentin here, and I will do as you want.  I'll bring him tomorrow night, says Barnabas.  There isn't a full moon tomorrow night, says Julianka, why not before?  He's already gone through one transformation, says Barn--you see, someone tried to use the hand on him.  Yes, says Julianka, used by the wrong person, the hand is uncontrollable, and almost always evil--your friend must be cured and then, you must let me take the hand away from here, because there are people who would kill to get it.

Aristede checks his pocketwatch.  Angelique joins him.  He bows to her, saying, "It's an honor that my little puppeteer has come to see me--I was afraid you wouldn't.  "You have no idea how curious I am, says Ang.  I've thought about you often since our last meeting, he says, and checked the local newspaper, something I never do--you are NOT a puppeteer.  She bursts out laughing.  He grabs her arm, nastily advising, don't laugh.  If you've come after that ridiculous hand, says Angelique. . .  "The hand you took from me--do I look such a fool?" he asks angrily.  What do you want? she asks.  To talk of your fiance, he says--I know considerably more than I did before about you.  "I'm sure you can talk about Quentin with whoever told you so much about me," she says.  Do you care for him very much? asks Aristede.  "And if I do?" she asks.  Do you intend to marry him? asks Aristede--tell me, and quickly.  What's the rush? she asks.  He checks his watch and says, "A moment of two makes no difference to me, does it to you?  No?  It does to Quentin--he only has 30 minutes left to live--such a pity for a man so young!"  Now Ang is upset--where do you have Quentin? she demands.  Do you want my handkerchief? He asks--do you have a small doll hidden in your gown?--shall I begin to choke again?--I think not.  I can do far worse to you, she threatens.
I advise you not to do anything, says Aristede--give me the hand and Quentin will live--that's all it will take.  She makes a move toward him.  He warns her, don't come near or try any of your tricks--Quentin has already started to die, and only I can stop it, so if you do anything to Aristede, you'll lose Quentin!  Her eyes widen.  Aristede laughs evilly.  I don't believe you, she says--what do you mean, Quentin has already started to die?  He checks his watch again--28 minutes left, that's all, says Aristede--"The hand, if you please!"

In that dank room, the wheels controlling the pendulum churn, the squeaky pendulum swings down, down, closer and closer, as Quentin watches with fear-filled eyes.  Will it cut him in half before help arrives?

NOTES:  I do love the melodrama of the swinging pendulum, Quentin about to be sliced in half, Angelique being approached by the smarmy Aristede, who does everything but twirl his mustache as if telling Ang that he has her beloved tied to the railroad tracks.

I knew Julianka was going to try to get the hand and leave, but apparently while she "knew" of Barnabas from Sandor, she didn't KNOW the full truth about him--that he was a vampire with special powers of his own.  He didn't want to take that route, but Julianka forced him, and I don't blame Barnabas.  Will she cure Quentin?  Does she really have the power she claims?

It's always so much fun when Ang and Barn get together.  Is he jealous of her engagement to Quentin, even if he won't admit it to himself?  After all, they were married once.  I guess their deaths nullified that one.  He's willing to stay out of it, as long as she helps.  Now Ang is going to have to retrieve the hand from Barnabas in order to save Quentin so he CAN be cured by Julianka!  Is this hand getting around or what?

Love, Robin

Pages: « 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 »